• Welcome to all New Sikh Philosophy Network Forums!
    Explore Sikh Sikhi Sikhism...
    Sign up Log in

Sikhs in Kargil War

Dalvinder Singh Grewal

Writer
Historian
SPNer
Jan 3, 2010
1,380
427
80
Sikhs in Kargil War

Colonel Dr. Dalvinder Singh Grewal
1925, Basant Avenue, Ludhiana, 919815366726

Kargil Vijay Diwas is celebrated every year on July 26 to honor the soldiers who fought in the Kargil War. On this day in 1999, India won the Kargil War against Pakistan. It drove out the Pakistani troops from their stealthily and secretly occupied positions on the hilltops of the northern Kargil district of Ladakh. On this day the prime minister of India pays tribute to the soldiers every year at the Amar Jawan Jyoti at India Gate. Events are also organized throughout the country to commemorate the contribution of the Indian Armed Forces, but this year, July 26 is special because it is now 25 years since this war a Silver Jubilee year. It is being celebrated with great fanfare all over India.

1753612841858.png
1753612875769.png

Author at Gurdwara Charan Kamal Sahib, Kargil Author at Kargil Divas Dras

I remember those moments in July 2018 when I reached Kargil from Leh on Kargil Day in search ji's footprints. I offered my devotion to Gurdwara Charan Kamal Sahib in Kargil, where Guru Nanak Dev ji had rested his feet. I reached Dras, where the Kargil War Memorial is built and in which Kargil Day was being celebrated.

Origin of Kargil War

It was 1988. In Pakistan Brigadier Pervez Musharraf and Prime Minister Benazir Bhutto planned to separate Kashmir from India. The easiest way was found to occupy the hills of the National Highway, which runs from Srinagar to Leh. The temperature reaches minus 40 degrees on Kargil, Dras, and Batalik hills, which would have made it very difficult to get out of due to snow cover. Before this, it was a silent agreement between Pakistan and India that the troops would be withdrawn from the hills during the snow season. When Pervez Musharraf became the chief of the army, he implemented the plan and deployed soldiers disguised as jihadis in the Kargil region during the winter season.

The Indian Army was surprised when, on May 3, 1999, a shepherd informed them about Pakistani troops having entered the Indian border and set up their posts there. On May 5, the Indian Army sent a five-man patrol with Captain Sourav Kalia to see if what was said was true. When the patrol did not come back, the images of the area were searched by airplanes and helicopters. It was found that Pakistan had built a large number of bunkers on Kargil, Dras and Batalik hills. India then gathered 30 battalions to that area so that these intruders could be chased away from here. The Eighth Sikh Battalion was a very important part of these troops.

This area of Kargil is located on the main road from Srinagar to Leh in the northern part of Kashmir and is a hilly area generally covered with snow in winter. On 26 July 1999, India badly defeated the soldiers sent by the Pakistanis in the guise of civilian jihadis and forced them to lay down their weapons.

1753612687532.jpeg
1753613020818.png
Kargil area

The main intention of the Pakistanis was to take possession of the main hills, Tiger Hill, Tololing, etc., along this highway that passes through Mushkoh, Daras, Kaksar, Kargil, Batalik and joins Leh, and then keep an eye on this road, shelling the incoming convoy. The main aim was to cut off Leh from the Kashmir Valley by blocking this route. Pakistan used its soldiers to infiltrate into the terror valleys in May 1999 and then built bunkers on these hills. By the time the Indian Army came to know of this movement, the Pakistanis had firmly established themselves on these hills. Indian forces drummed them heavily against all odds and killed many of them in mostly hand-to-hand battles at the tops. Most of the Pakistanis were killed, but those who survived were surrounded but were allowed to leave with the mediation of America. This nefarious move of Pakistan was thus foiled, and the battlefield fell into the hands of India.

121 independent brigades of 15 Corps of Northern Command, 56 and 79 mountain brigades, 50 independent para brigade of 8 mountain division, 70 infantry brigade, and 102 independent infantry brigade of 3 Infantry Division took part in this war. There were also two brigades of artillery.

Among the three Sikh regiments of Punjab, 8 and 11 Sikh Regiment and 14 Sikh LI Regiment and two Punjab Regiments 3 Punjab and 13 Punjab also advanced and contributed to trample the enemy badly. Sikh, Sikh LI and Punjab Regiments of India have been honoured with the highest number of war awards.

Bravery is another name of Sikh regiment. It has a long and distinguished history. It remains the most highly decorated regiment in the Indian Army with 73 war honours and 38 theatr honours. Before independence it received 14 Victoria Crosses, 21 Indian Orders of Merit (equivalent to Param Vir Chakra) and many other coveted awards. Most decorated was 1 Sikh hero Nand Singh who had a Victoria Cross on his chest before independence and a Mahavir Chakra after independence. In addition, the regiment has, in the post-independence era, won two Paramveer Chakras, two Ashoka Chakras, two Param Vishishta Seva Medals, 14 Mahaveer Chakras, 4 Ashoka Chakras, 5 Kirti Chakras, 64 Veer Chakras, one Uttam Yudh Seva Medal, in addition to numerous other medals.

The Sikh LI Regiment received one Ashoka Chakra, 5 Mahavir Chakras, 6 Kirti Chakras, 23 Veer Chakras, 13 Shauria Chakras and over 300 other awards. The Punjab Regiment received 21 Victoria Cross, 187 Military Cross, 2 Padma Bhushan, 1 Padma Shri, 18 Maha Veer Chakra, 18 King's Cross, 20 PVSM, Veer Chakra 69 and over 500 other honours. Three Sikh Units including 3 Punjab and 3 Medium regiment were among those who taught China a lesson in Galwan Valley, Gurtej Singh of 3 Punjab single-handedly killed 12 Chinese and set an example and was awarded the Vir Chakra.

In 1999 two brigades were brought forward to protect the Kargil region. Brigadier MPS Bajwa was commanding 192 Infantry Brigade and Brigadier Devinder Singh was commanding 70 Infantry Brigade. Both were Sikh officers. 3 Infantry Division was commanded by Major General Mohinder Puri who was a Punjabi. Chief of Army Staff General Malik was also a Punjabi. The most difficult target for Brigadier Bajwa was to clear Tiger Hill from enemies.

1753613132482.png
1753613817640.png

Brigadier MPS Bajwa Tiger Hill

He was given two battalions of 8 Sikhs and 18 Grenadiers for the attack on Tiger Hill. According to Brigadier Bajwa's writing, 'I chose the most difficult route for the attack on Tiger Hill, the direct ascent... 8 Sikhs were put forward for this most difficult task and I told the commanding officer that it was a question of the honour of the Sikhs. We selected 52 men, including two officers, two subedars and 48 Jawans. These 52 brave men fought so bravely that they changed the map of the war. Artillery, especially Bofors (the Artillery Brigade was also commanded by a Sikh Brigadier), helped us a lot in this difficult time because our men were under direct fire of enemy rifles, LMGs, and MMGs. The young men showed great lionheartedness and reached that peak by constantly advancing in the pouring rain of bombs and bullets.

The enemy retaliated on them, due to which 14 soldiers were martyred and many were injured. Two officers were injured, and both subedars were martyred. Brigadier Bajwa wrote that 'when the Pakistani counterattack was taking place, 8 Sikh subedar told me that a very tall Pakistani was constantly inciting his men to attack again, due to which it was difficult to stay at the height. I told him that this officer should be eliminated so that the counterattacks are stalled. I say with certainty that their counterattacks were so strong that our Sikh warriors could have been knocked off the top at any time. But our warriors shouted ‘Bole So Nihal’ a Sikh slogan, so loudly that the enemy was shaken up and their counterattacks were broken. First of all we killed that Pakistani officer and then chased the others who left the field empty for us. The name of that Pakistani officer was Captain Colonel Sher Khan. "30 Pakistanis were killed in this battle, and the rest retreated, giving us a famous victory. Captain Colonel Sher Khan rallied his men and fought very well," said Brigadier Bajwa. “I reported to the GOC about the bravery of him and my Sikh warriors. Seeing more attacks happening, I encouraged them regularly.

The names of the martyrs of Punjab in the Kargil war are as follows:

8 Sikhs-Subedar Karnail Singh-Vir Chakra, Naik Ranjit Singh-Sena Medal, Subedar Joginder Singh-Sena Medal, Naik Bahadur Singh-Sena Medal; Sepoy Major Singh-Sena Medal, Havildar Desa Singh, Havildar Amar Singh, Naik Nirmal Singh, Naik Baldev Singh, Havildar Vikram Singh, Sepoy Kulwinder Singh, Sepoy Tarlochan Singh, Sepoy Darshan Singh, Sepoy Surjit Singh, Sepoy Jaswinder Singh, Sepoy Gurmail Singh , Sepoy Jeevan Singh, Sepoy Rashwinder Singh, Sepoy Sukhwinder Singh, Sepoy Sukhwinder Singh second. 14 Sikh-Sepoy Buta Singh.

Punjabi Martyrs of Other Platoons: Majors: Harminder Pal Singh, JDS Dhaliwal, KG Singh; Subedars: Naunihal Singh Bhullar, Kuldeep Singh, Sucha Singh, Daljit Singh; Naib Subedar Kamil Singh; Havildar Kamaldev Singh, T{censored}m Singh, Gurmeet Singh, Amarjit Singh, Gurmeet Singh, Karam Singh, Gian Singh; Lance Havildar Baldev Singh, Naik Puran Singh, Sucha Singh, Paramjit Singh, Sikandar Singh; Lance Naik- Balwinder Singh, Rajinder Singh, Dalveer Singh, Gurmail Singh, Amarjit Singh, Gurcharan Singh, Kuldeep Singh, Ranbir Singh; Sepoy Gurmej Singh, Pawan Singh, Jaskaran Singh, Darshan Singh, Jaswant Singh, Gurmail Singh, Daljit Singh; PTA Harvinder Singh, Gopal Singh, Grenadier Gurinder Singh, Gurpreet Singh, Avtar Singh and others.

Other Sikhs and Punjabis also did a very commendable job, but due to space restrictions, only sample details are given.
 

Attachments

  • 1753613163273.png
    1753613163273.png
    287.6 KB · Reads: 14
Last edited:

Dalvinder Singh Grewal

Writer
Historian
SPNer
Jan 3, 2010
1,380
427
80
1753688367344.png
1753616283309.jpeg


ਕਾਰਗਿਲ ਯੁੱਧ ਵਿੱਚ ਪੰਜਾਬੀਆਂ ਦੀ ਦੇਣ

ਕਰਨਲ ਡਾ: ਦਲਵਿੰਦਰ ਸਿੰਘ ਗ੍ਰੇਵਾਲ

1925, ਬਸੰਤ ਐਵੇਨਿਊ, ਲੁਧਿਆਣਾ, 919815366726

ਕਾਰਗਿਲ ਵਿਜੇ ਦਿਵਸ ਹਰ ਸਾਲ 26 ਜੁਲਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਕਾਰਗਿਲ ਯੁੱਧ ਵਿੱਚ ਲੜਨ ਵਾਲੇ ਸੈਨਿਕਾਂ ਦੇ ਸਨਮਾਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਮਨਾਇਆ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ। 1999 ਵਿੱਚ ਲੱਦਾਖ ਦੇ ਉੱਤਰੀ ਕਾਰਗਿਲ ਜ਼ਿਲ੍ਹੇ ਦੀਆਂ ਪਹਾੜੀ ਚੋਟੀਆਂ 'ਤੇ ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨੀ ਫੌਜਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਉਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਦੇ ਕਬਜ਼ੇ ਵਾਲੇ ਟਿਕਾਣਿਆਂ ਤੋਂ ਬਾਹਰ ਕੱਢਣ ਲਈ ਕਾਰਗਿਲ ਯੁੱਧ ਵਿੱਚ ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨ 'ਤੇ ਭਾਰਤ ਦੀ ਜਿੱਤ ਹੋਈ ਸੀ । ਇਸੇ ਲਈ ਇਹ ਦਿਨ ਪੂਰੇ ਭਾਰਤ ਵਿੱਚ ਮਨਾਇਆ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ । ਭਾਰਤ ਦੇ ਪ੍ਰਧਾਨ ਮੰਤਰੀ ਹਰ ਸਾਲ ਇੰਡੀਆ ਗੇਟ ਵਿਖੇ ਅਮਰ ਜਵਾਨ ਜੋਤੀ ਵਿਖੇ ਸੈਨਿਕਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਸ਼ਰਧਾਂਜਲੀ ਦਿੰਦੇ ਹਨ। ਭਾਰਤੀ ਹਥਿਆਰਬੰਦ ਬਲਾਂ ਦੇ ਯੋਗਦਾਨ ਦੀ ਯਾਦ ਵਿੱਚ ਪੂਰੇ ਦੇਸ਼ ਵਿੱਚ ਸਮਾਗਮਾਂ ਦਾ ਆਯੋਜਨ ਵੀ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ ਪਰ ਇਸ ਸਾਲ਼ ਦੀ 26 ਜੁਲਾਈ ਤਾਂ ਖਾਸ ਹੈ ਕਿਉਂਕਿ ਹੁਣ ਇਸ ਯੁੱਧ ਜਿਤੇ ਨੂੰ 25 ਸਾਲ ਹੋ ਰਹੇ ਹਨ ਜਿਸ ਲਈ ਇਸ (ਸਿਲਵਰ ਜੁਬਲੀ ) ਨੂੰ ਸਾਰੇ ਦੇਸ਼ ਵਿੱਚ ਬੜੀ ਧੁਮ ਧਾਮ ਨਾਲ ਮਨਾਇਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ।

1753688070805.png


ਲੇਖਕ ਗੁਰਦਵਾਰਾ ਚਰਨ ਕਮਲ ਸਾਹਿਬ,

1753688142896.png


ਕਾਰਗਿਲ ਲੇਖਕ ਕਾਰਗਿਲ ਦਿਵਸ ਦਰਾਸ ਵੇਲੇ

ਮੈਨੂੰ ਜੁਲਾਈ ਸੰਨ 2018 ਦੇ ਉਹ ਪਲ ਯਾਦ ਹਨ ਜਦ ਮੈਂ ਗੁਰੂ ਨਾਨਕ ਦੇਵ ਜੀ ਦੇ ਚਰਨ ਚਿਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਦੀ ਖੋਜ ਵਿਚ ਲੇਹ ਤੋਂ ਕਾਰਗਿਲ ਦਿਵਸ ਤੇ ਕਾਰਗਿਲ ਪਹੁੰਚਿਆ।ਕਾਰਗਿਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਗੁਰਦਵਾਰਾ ਚਰਨ ਕਮਲ ਸਾਹਿਬ ਜਿੱਥੇ ਗੁਰੂ ਨਾਨਕ ਦੇਵ ਜੀ ਨੇ ਚਰਨ ਪਾਏ ਸਨ ਅਪਣੀ ਸ਼ਰਧਾ ਦੇ ਫੁਲ ਭੇਟ ਕਰ ਕੇ ਦਰਾਸ ਪਹੁੰਚਿਆ ਜਿੱਥੇ ਕਾਰਗਿਲ ਵਾਰ ਮੈਮੋਰੀਅਲ ਬਣਿਆ ਹੋਇਆ ਹੈ ਤੇ ਜਿਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਕਾਰਗਿਲ ਦਿਵਸ ਮਨਾਇਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਸੀ । ਮੈਨੂੰ ਜੁਲਾਈ ਸੰਨ 2018 ਦੇ ਉਹ ਪਲ ਯਾਦ ਹਨ ਜਦ ਮੈਂ ਗੁਰੂ ਨਾਨਕ ਦੇਵ ਜੀ ਦੇ ਚਰਨ ਚਿਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਦੀ ਖੋਜ ਵਿਚ ਲੇਹ ਤੋਂ ਕਾਰਗਿਲ ਦਿਵਸ ਤੇ ਕਾਰਗਿਲ ਪਹੁੰਚਿਆ।ਕਾਰਗਿਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਗੁਰਦਵਾਰਾ ਚਰਨ ਕਮਲ ਸਾਹਿਬ ਜਿੱਥੇ ਗੁਰੂ ਨਾਨਕ ਦੇਵ ਜੀ ਨੇ ਚਰਨ ਪਾਏ ਸਨ ਅਪਣੀ ਸ਼ਰਧਾ ਦੇ ਫੁਲ ਭੇਟ ਕਰ ਕੇ ਦਰਾਸ ਪਹੁੰਚਿਆ ਜਿੱਥੇ ਕਾਰਗਿਲ ਵਾਰ ਮੈਮੋਰੀਅਲ ਬਣਿਆ ਹੋਇਆ ਹੈ ਤੇ ਜਿਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਕਾਰਗਿਲ ਦਿਵਸ ਮਨਾਇਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਸੀ ।

ਕਾਰਗਿਲ ਯੁੱਧ ਦਾ ਮੁੱਢ

1988 ਦੀ ਗੱਲ ਹੈ। ਬ੍ਰਿਗੇਡੀਅਰ ਪਰਵੇਜ਼ ਮੁਸ਼ਰਫ ਤੇ ਪ੍ਰਾਈਮ ਮਿਨਿਸਟਰ ਬੇਨਜ਼ੀਰ ਭੁੱਟੋ ਨੇ ਇਹ ਯੋਜਨਾ ਬਣਾਈ ਕਿ ਕਸ਼ਮੀਰ ਨੂੰ ਹਿੰਦੁਸਤਾਨ ਤੋਂ ਵੱਖ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਵੇ। ਸੌਖਾ ਰਸਤਾ ਇਹ ਹੀ ਲੱਭਿਆ ਗਿਆ ਕਿ ਜੋ ਨੈਸ਼ਨਲ ਹਾਈਵੇ ਸ੍ਰੀਨਗਰ ਤੋਂ ਲੇਹ ਨੂੰ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ ਉਸ ਦੀਆਂ ਪਹਾੜੀਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਕਬਜ਼ੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਕਰ ਲਿਆ ਜਾਵੇ। ਕਾਰਗਿਲ ਦਰਾਸ ਅਤੇ ਬਟਾਲਿਕ ਪਹਾੜੀਆਂ ਤੇ 40 ਡਿਗਰੀ ਮਾਈਨਸ ਤੱਕ ਦਾ ਟੈਂਪਰੇਚਰ ਪਹੁੰਚ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ ਜੋ ਬਰਫ ਦੇ ਨਾਲ ਢਕਣ ਦੇ ਕਾਰਨ ਉਥੋਂ ਦੀ ਨਿਕਲਣਾ ਬੜਾ ਹੀ ਮੁਸ਼ਕਿਲ ਹੋ ਜਾਣਾ ਸੀ। ਇਸ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨ ਤੇ ਭਾਰਤ ਦੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਇਹ ਇੱਕ ਮੂਕ ਸਮਝੌਤਾ ਸੀ ਕਿ ਬਰਫ ਦੀ ਰੁੱਤੇ ਪਹਾੜੀਆਂ ਤੋਂ ਫੌਜ ਪਿੱਛੇ ਕਰ ਲਈ ਜਾਏਗੀ । ਪਰਵੇਜ਼ ਮੁਸ਼ਰਫ ਜਦ ਫੌਜ ਦਾ ਮੁਖੀ ਬਣਿਆਂ ਤਾਂ ਉਸ ਨੇ ਬਣਾਈ ਹੋਈ ਯੋਜਨਾ ਨੂੰ ਅਮਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਲਿਆਂਦਾ ਅਤੇ ਸੈਨਿਕਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਜਹਾਦੀਆਂ ਦੇ ਰੂਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਕਾਰਗਿਲ ਖੇਤਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਸਰਦੀਆਂ ਦੀ ਰੁਤੇ ਜਾ ਤੈਨਾਤ ਕੀਤਾ।

ਪਰ ਭਾਰਤੀ ਫੌਜ ਨੂੰ ਹੈਰਾਨੀ ਉਦੋਂ ਹੋਈ ਜਦੋਂ ਮਈ ਤਿੰਨ 1999 ਨੂੰ ਜੋ ਇੱਕ ਚਰਵਾਹੇ ਨੇ ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨ ਦੇ ਦਸਤਿਆਂ ਦਾ ਭਾਰਤੀ ਹੱਦਾਂ ਅੰਦਰ ਆਉਣ ਤੇ ਉੱਥੇ ਆਪਣੇ ਮੋਰਚੇ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਬਾਰੇ ਖਬਰ ਦਿੱਤੀ। ਪੰਜ ਮਈ ਨੂੰ ਭਾਰਤੀ ਸੈਨਾ ਨੇ ਇੱਕ ਪੰਜ ਬੰਦਿਆਂ ਦਾ ਪੈਟਰੋਲ ਕੈਪਟਨ ਸੌਰਵ ਕਾਲੀਆ ਦੇ ਨਾਲ ਭੇਜਿਆ ਤਾਂ ਕਿ ਉਹ ਦੇਖ ਸਕਣ ਕਿ ਕੀ ਜੋ ਦਸਿਆ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ ਉਹ ਸਹੀ ਹੈ? ਜਦ ਪਟ੍ਰੋਲ ਵਾਪਿਸ ਨਾ ਆਇਆ ਤਾਂ ਜਹਾਜ਼ਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਹੈਲੀਕਾਪਟਰਾਂ ਰਾਹੀਂ ਇਲਾਕੇ ਦੀਆਂ ਤਸਵੀਰਾਂ ਲੈ ਕੇ ਪੁਣ ਛਾਣ ਕੀਤੀ ਗਈ ਤਾਂ ਪਤਾ ਲੱਗਿਆ ਕਿ ਕਾਰਗਿਲ, ਦਰਾਜ਼ ਤੇ ਬਟਾਲਿਕ ਪਹਾੜੀਆਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨ ਨੇ ਕਾਫੀ ਗਿਣਤੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਮੋਰਚੇ ਬਣਾ ਲਏ ਹਨ ਤਾਂ ਭਾਰਤ ਨੇ ਵੀ 30 ਬਟਾਲੀਨਾਂ ਉਸ ਇਲਾਕੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਲਿਆਂਦੀਆਂ ਤਾਂ ਕਿ ਇਹਨਾਂ ਘੁਸਪੈਠੀਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਥੋਂ ਖਦੇੜਿਆ ਜਾ ਸਕੇ ਇਹਨਾਂ ਬਟਾਲੀਅਨਾਂ ਦੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਅੱਠ ਸਿੱਖ ਰੈਜੀਮੈਂਟ ਦਾ ਬੜਾ ਮਹੱਤਵਪੂਰਨ ਭਾਗ ਰਿਹਾ।

ਕਾਰਗਿਲ ਦਾ ਇਹ ਖੇਤਰ ਕਸ਼ਮੀਰ ਦੇ ਉਤਰੀ ਭਾਗ ਵਿੱਚ ਸ੍ਰੀਨਗਰ ਤੋਂ ਲੇਹ ਜਾਂਦੇ ਮੁੱਖ ਮਾਰਗ ਨਾਲ ਲਗਦਾ ਹੈ ਤੇ ਸਾਰਾ ਹੀ ਪਹਾੜੀ ਖੇਤਰ ਹੈ। ਜੁਲਾਈ ਦੇ ਇਸ ਦਿਨ ਭਾਰਤ ਨੇ ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨੀਆਂ ਵਲੋਂ ਭੇਜੇ ਸਿਵਲੀਅਨ ਆਤੰਕਵਾਦੀਆਂ ਦੇ ਭੇਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਭੇਜੇ ਫੌਜੀਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਬੁਰੀ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਹਰਾ ਕੇ ਘੇਰੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਲੈ ਕੇ ਹਥਿਆਰ ਸੁੱਟਣ ਲਈ ਮਜਬੂਰ ਕੀਤਾ ਸੀ।

1753616282824.jpeg
ਕਾਰਗਿਲ ਖੇਤਰ
1753688367160.png


ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨੀਆਂ ਦਾ ਮੁੱਖ ਇਰਾਦਾ ਮੁਸ਼ਕੋਹ, ਦਰਾਸ, ਕਾਕਸਾਰ, ਕਾਰਗਿਲ, ਬਟਾਲਿਕ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਦੇ ਤੇ ਲੇਹ ਨੂੰ ਮਿਲਾਉਂਦੇ ਇਸ ਸ਼ਾਹ ਮਾਰਗ ਨੂੰ ਨਾਲ ਲਗਦੀਆਂ ਮੁੱਖ ਪਹਾੜੀਆਂ ਟਾਈਗਰ ਹਿੱਲ, ਤੋਲੋਲਿੰਗ ਆਦਿ ਨੂੰ ਕਬਜ਼ੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਲੈਣਾ ਤੇ ਫਿਰ ਇਸ ਮਾਰਗ ਉਪਰ ਨਜ਼ਰ ਰੱਖਣਾ,ਆਉਂਦੀ ਜਾਂਦੀ ਕਾਨਵਾਈ ਤੇ ਗੋਲਾਬਾਰੀ ਕਰਨਾ ਤੇ ਇਸ ਮਾਰਗ ਨੂੰ ਨਕਾਰਾ ਕਰਕੇ ਕਸ਼ਮੀਰ ਵਾਦੀ ਨਾਲੋਂ ਲੇਹ ਨੂੰ ਤੋੜਣਾ ਸੀ। ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨ ਨੇ ਅਪਣੇ ਸੈਨਿਕਾਂ ਤੋਂ ਆਤੰਕ ਵਾਦੀਆਂ ਦੇ ਭੇਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਮਈ 1999 ਵਿੱਚ ਘੁਸ-ਪੈਠ ਕਰਵਾਈ ਤੇ ਫਿਰ ਇਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਪਹਾੜੀਆਂ ਤੇ ਬੰਕਰ ਬਣਾ ਲਏ। ਇਹ ਹਰਕਤ ਜਦ ਭਾਰਤੀ ਸੈਨਾ ਦੀ ਨਜ਼ਰ ਪਈ ਤਦ ਤਕ ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨੀਆਂ ਨੇ ਇਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਪਹਾੜੀਆਂ ਤੇ ਪੱਕੇ ਪੈਰ ਕਰ ਲਏ ਸਨ।ਭਾਰਤੀ ਸੈਨਾ ਨੇ ਯੋਜਨਾ ਅਨੁਸਾਰ ਇਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਪਹਾੜੀਆਂ ਤੇ ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨੀ ਸੈਨਿਕਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਬੁਰੀ ਮਾਰ ਮਾਰੀ । ਜ਼ਿਆਦਾ ਤਰ ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨੀ ਮਾਰੇ ਗਏ ਪਰ ਜੋ ਬਚੇ, ਉਹ ਘੇਰ ਲਏ ਗਏ ਪਰ ਅਮਰੀਕਾ ਦੀ ਵਿਚੋਲਿਗੀ ਤੇ ਉਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਜਾਣ ਲਈ ਰਸਤਾ ਦੇ ਦਿਤਾ ਗਿਆ। ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨ ਦੀ ਇਹ ਨਾਪਾਕ ਹਰਕਤ ਇਸ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਨਾਕਾਮਯਾਬ ਕਰ ਦਿਤੀ ਗਈ ਤੇ ਯੁੱਧ ਮੈਦਾਨ ਭਾਰਤ ਦੇ ਹੱਥ ਲੱਗਾ।

ਇਸ ਯੁੱਧ ਵਿੱਚ ਉਤਰੀ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਦੀ 15 ਕੋਰ ਦੀਆਂ 121 ਇੰਡੀਪੈਂਡੈਂਟ ਬ੍ਰੀਗੇਡ, 8 ਮਾਉਂਟੇਨ ਡਿਵੀਯਨ ਦੀਆਂ 56 ਤੇ 79 ਮਾਉਂਟਨ ਬ੍ਰਗੇਡ ਤੇ 50 ਇੰਡੀਪੈਂਡੈਂਟ ਪਾਰਾ ਬ੍ਰੀਗੇਡ ਅਤੇ 3 ਇਨਫੈਨਟਰੀ ਡਿਵੀਯਨ ਦੀਆਂ 70 ਇਨਫੈਂਟਰੀ ਬ੍ਰੀਗੇਡ ਅਤੇ 102 ਇੰਡੀਪੈਂਡੈਟ ਇਨਫੈਂਟਰੀ ਬ੍ਰਗੇਡ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਸਨ । ਤੋਪਖਾਨੇ ਦੀਆਂ ਵੀ ਦੋ ਬ੍ਰਗੇਡਾਂ ਸਨ ।


ਪੰਜਾਬ ਦੀਆਂ ਤਿੰਨ ਸਿੱਖ ਰਜਮੈਂਟਾਂ ਵਿਚ 8 ਅਤੇ 11 ਸਿੱਖ ਰਜਮੈਂਟ ਅਤੇ 14 ਸਿੱਖ ਐਲ ਆਈ ਰਜਮੈਂਟ ਅਤੇ ਦੋ ਪੰਜਾਬ ਰਜਮੈਂਟਾਂ 3 ਪੰਜਾਬ ਅਤੇ 13 ਪੰਜਾਬ ਨੇ ਵੀ ਅੱਗੇ ਹੋ ਕੇ ਦੁਸ਼ਮਣ ਨੂੰ ਬੁਰੀ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਲਤਾੜਣ ਵਿੱਚ ਅਪਣਾ ਯੋਗਦਾਨ ਪਾਇਆ।ਸਿੱਖ, ਸਿੱਖ ਐਲ ਆਈ ਤੇ ਪੰਜਾਬ ਰਜਮੈਂਟਾਂ ਭਾਰਤ ਦੇ ਸਭ ਤੋਂ ਵੱਧ ਯੁੱਧ ਅਵਾਰਡ ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਲੀਆਂ ਰਜਮੈਟਾਂ ਹਨ।

ਬਹਾਦਰੀ ਸਿੱਖ ਰੈਜੀਮੈਂਟ ਦਾ ਦੂਜਾ ਨਾਂ ਹੈ। ਇਸਦਾ ਇੱਕ ਲੰਮਾ ਅਤੇ ਵਿਲੱਖਣ ਇਤਿਹਾਸ ਹੈ। ਇਹ 73 ਜੰਗੀ ਸਨਮਾਨਾਂ ਅਤੇ 38 ਥੀਏਟਰ ਸਨਮਾਨਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਭਾਰਤੀ ਫੌਜ ਵਿੱਚ ਸਭ ਤੋਂ ਉੱਚ ਸਨਮਾਨਿਤ ਰੈਜੀਮੈਂਟ ਬਣੀ ਹੋਈ ਹੈ। ਆਜ਼ਾਦੀ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਇਸ ਨੇ 14 ਵਿਕਟੋਰੀਆ ਕਰਾਸ, 21 ਭਾਰਤੀ ਆਰਡਰ ਆਫ ਮੈਰਿਟ (ਪਰਮ ਵੀਰ ਚੱਕਰ ਦੇ ਬਰਾਬਰ) ਅਤੇ ਹੋਰ ਇਨਾਮ ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤ ਕੀਤੇ ਸਭ ਤੋਂ ਵੱਧ ਸਨਮਾਨੇ ਗਏ 1 ਸਿੱਖ ਦੇ ਨਾਇਕ ਨੰਦ ਸਿੰਘ ਦੇ ਸੀਨੇ ਤੇ ਆਜ਼ਾਦੀ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਇੱਕ ਵਿਕਟੋਰੀਆ ਕਰਾਸ ਸਜਿਆ ਇੱਕ ਮਹਾਂਵੀਰ ਚੱਕਰ ਅਜ਼ਾਦੀ ਤੋਂ ਬਾਅਦ। ਇਸ ਤੋਂ ਇਲਾਵਾ, ਰੈਜੀਮੈਂਟ ਨੇ, ਆਜ਼ਾਦੀ ਤੋਂ ਬਾਅਦ ਦੇ ਯੁੱਗ ਵਿੱਚ, ਦੋ ਪਰਮਵੀਰ ਚੱਕਰ, ਦੋ ਅਸ਼ੋਕ ਚੱਕਰ, ਦੋ ਪਰਮ ਵਿਸ਼ਿਸ਼ਟ ਸੇਵਾ ਮੈਡਲ, 14 ਮਹਾਂਵੀਰ ਚੱਕਰ, 4 ਅਸ਼ੋਕ ਚੱਕਰ, 5 ਕੀਰਤੀ ਚੱਕਰ, 64 ਵੀਰ ਚੱਕਰ, ਇੱਕ ਉੱਤਮ ਯੁੱਧ ਸੇਵਾ ਮੈਡਲ, 10 ਅਤਿ ਵਿਸ਼ਿਸ਼ਟ ਸੇਵਾ ਮੈਡਲ, 22 ਸ਼ੌਰਿਆ ਚੱਕਰ, 104 ਸੈਨਾ ਮੈਡਲ ਅਤੇ 31 ਵਿਸ਼ਿਸ਼ਟ ਸੇਵਾ ਮੈਡਲ ਆਦਿ ਕੁੱਲ 1596 ਬਹਾਦਰੀ ਪੁਰਸਕਾਰ ਜਿੱਤੇ ਹਨ।

ਸਿੱਖ ਐਲ ਆਈ ਰਜਮੈਂਟ ਨੇ ਇੱਕ ਅਸ਼ੋਕ ਚੱਕਰ, 5 ਮਹਾਂਵੀਰ ਚੱਕਰ, 6 ਕੀਰਤੀ ਚੱਕਰ, 23 ਵੀਰ ਚੱਕਰ, 13 ਸ਼ੋਰਿਆ ਚੱਕਰ ਤੇ 300 ਤੋਂ ਉੱਪਰ ਹੋਰ ਇਨਾਮ ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤ ਕੀਤੇ।ਪੰਜਾਬ ਰਜਮੈਂਟ ਨੇ ਵਿਕਟੋਰੀਆ ਕਰਾਸ- 21, ਮਿਲਟ੍ਰੀ ਕ੍ਰਾਸ- 187, ਪਦਮ ਭੂਸ਼ਣ-2, ਪਦਮ ਸ਼੍ਰੀ- 1, ਮਹਾਂ ਵੀਰ ਚੱਕਰ-18, ਕਿੰਗਜ਼ ਕ੍ਰਾਸ-18, ਪੀ ਵੀ ਐਸ ਐਮ ਆਦਿ 20, ਵੀਰ ਚੱਕਰ 69 ਤੇ 500 ਤੋਂ ਉਪਰ ਹੋਰ ਮਾਨ ਸਨਮਾਨ ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤ ਕੀਤੇ ਹਨ। ਗਲਵਾਨ ਵਾਦੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਚੀਨ ਨੂੰ ਸਬਕ ਸਿਖਾਉਣ ਵਾਲਿਆਂ ਵਿਚ ਤਿੰਨ ਪੰਜਾਬ ਰਜਮੈਂਟ ਹੀ ਸੀ ਜਿਸ ਦੇ ਸਿਪਾਹੀ ਗੁਰਤੇਜ ਸਿੰਘ ਨੇ ਇਕੱਲੇ ਹੀ 12 ਚੀਨੀਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਮੌਤ ਦੇ ਘਾਟ ਉਤਾਰ ਕੇ ਇਕ ਮਿਸਾਲ ਕਾਇਮ ਕੀਤੀ ਤੇ ਵੀਰ ਚੱਕਰ ਨਾਲ ਸਨਮਾਨਿਆ ਗਿਆ।

1999 ਵਿੱਚ ਕਾਰਗਿਲ ਖੇਤਰ ਦੀ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ ਲਈ ਦੋ ਬ੍ਰੀਗੇਡਾਂ ਅੱਗੇ ਸਨ। ਬ੍ਰੀਗੇਡੀਅਰ ਐਮ ਪੀ ਐਸ ਬਾਜਵਾ 192 ਬ੍ਰੀਗੇਡ ਦੀ ਕਮਾਨ ਕਰ ਰਹੇ ਸਨ ਅਤੇ ਬ੍ਰੀਗੇਡੀਅਰ ਦੇਵਿੰਦਰ ਸਿੰਘ 70 ਇਨਫੈਨਟਰੀ ਬ੍ਰੀਗੇਡ ਦੀ ਕਮਾਨ ਕਰ ਰਹੇ ਸਨ। ਦੋਵੇਂ ਸਿੱਖ ਅਫਸਰ ਸਨ । 3 ਇਨਫੈਂਟਰੀ ਡਿਵੀਜ਼ਨ ਦੀ ਕਮਾਨ ਮੇਜਰ ਜਨਰਲ ਮੁਹਿੰਦਰ ਪੁਰੀ ਕਰ ਰਹੇ ਸਨ ਜੋ ਪੰਜਾਬੀ ਸਨ। ਚੀਫ ਆਫ ਆਰਮੀ ਸਟਾਫ ਜਨਰਲ ਮਲਿਕ ਵੀ ਪੰਜਾਬੀ ਸਨ।ਬ੍ਰੀਗੇਡੀਅਰ ਬਾਜਵਾ ਨੂੰ ਸਭ ਤੋਂ ਔਖਾ ਟਾਰਗੇਟ ਟਾਈਗਰ ਹਿੱਲ ਨੂੰ ਦੁਸ਼ਮਣਾਂ ਤੋਂ ਖਾਲੀ ਕਰਵਾਉਣ ਦਾ ਸੀ ।
1753688517365.png


੍ਰੀਗੇਡੀਅਰ ਐਮ ਪੀ ਐਸ ਬਾਜਵਾ

1753688585383.png

ਟਾਈਗਰ ਹਿੱਲ

ਟਾਈਗਰ ਹਿੱਲ ਉਤੇ ਹਮਲੇ ਲਈ ਉਸ ਨੂੰ ਦੋ ਬਟਾਲੀਅਨਾਂ 8 ਸਿੱਖ ਅਤੇ 18 ਗ੍ਰੀਨੇਡੀਅਰ ਦਿਤੀਆਂ ਗਈਆਂ। ਬ੍ਰੀਗੇਡੀਅਰ ਬਾਜਵਾ ਦੇ ਲਿਖਣ ਅਨੁਸਾਰ ‘ਮੈਂ ਟਾਈਗਰ ਹਿੱਲ ਤੇ ਹਮਲੇ ਲਈ ਸਭ ਤੋਂ ਔਖਾ ਰਸਤਾ ਸਿੱਧੀ ਚੜ੍ਹਾਈ ਵਾਲਾ ਚੁਣਿਆ… 8 ਸਿੱਖ ਨੂੰ ਇਸ ਸੱਭ ਤੋਂ ਔਖੇ ਕੰਮ ਲਈ ਅੱਗੇ ਲਾਇਆ ਤੇ ਕਮਾਨ ਅਫਸਰ ਨੂੰ ਕਿਹਾ ਕਿ ਇਹ ਸਿੱਖਾਂ ਦੀ ਇਜ਼ਤ ਦਾ ਸਵਾਲ ਹੈ। ਪਹਿਲੀ ਟੁਕੜੀ ਲਈ ਅਸੀਂ 52 ਆਦਮੀ ਚੁਣੇ ਜਿਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਵਿਚ ਦੋ ਅਫਸਰ ਤੇ ਦੋ ਸੂਬੇਦਾਰ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਸਨ।ਇਹ 52 ਬਹਾਦਰ ਇਤਨੀ ਦਲੇਰੀ ਨਾਲ ਲੜੇ ਕਿ ਇਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਨੇ ਤਾਂ ਯੁੱਧ ਦਾ ਨਕਸ਼ਾ ਹੀ ਬਦਲ ਕੇ ਰੱਖ ਦਿਤਾ। ਤੋਪਖਾਨਾ ਖਾਸ ਕਰਕੇ ਬੋਫੋਰ ਨੇ ਸਾਡੇ ਇਸ ਔਖੇ ਸਮੇਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਬੜੀ ਮਦਦ ਕੀਤੀ ਕਿਉਂਕਿ ਸਾਡੇ ਜਵਾਨ ਦੁਸ਼ਮਣ ਦੀ ਰਾਈਫਲ, ਐਲ ਐਮ ਜੀ ਅਤੇ ਐਮ ਐਮ ਜੀ ਦੀ ਸਿੱਧੀ ਮਾਰ ਥੱਲੇ ਸਨ ।

ਜੇ ਉਹ ਪੱਥਰ ਵੀ ਰੋੜ੍ਹ ਦਿੰਦੇ ਤਾਂ ਵੀ ਸਾਡੇ ਜਵਾਨਾਂ ਦਾ ਬੇਹਦ ਨੁਕਸਾਨ ਹੋਣਾ ਸੀ ਪਰ ਇਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਜਵਾਨਾਂ ਨੇ ਬੜੀ ਸ਼ੇਰ-ਦਿਲੀ ਵਿਖਾਈ ਤੇ ਵਰ੍ਹਦੇ ਗੋਲੇ-ਗੋਲੀਆਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਲਗਾਤਾਰ ਵਧਦੇ ਉਸ ਸਿਖਰ ਤੇ ਪਹੁੰਚ ਗਏ’।

ੁਸ਼ਮਣ ਨੇ ਉਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਉਤੇ ਜਵਾਬੀ ਹਮਲੇ ਕੀਤੇ ਜਿਸ ਕਰਕੇ ਉਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ 14 ਜਵਾਨ ਸ਼ਹੀਦ ਤੇ ਕਈ ਜ਼ਖਮੀ ਹੋ ਗਏ।ਦੋਨੋਂ ਅਫਸਰ ਜ਼ਖਮੀ ਹੋ ਗਏ ਤੇ ਦੋਨੋਂ ਸੂਬੇਦਾਰ ਸ਼ਹੀਦ ਹੋ ਗਏ।ਬ੍ਰੀਗੇਡੀਅਰ ਬਾਜਵਾ ਨੇ ਲਿਖਿਆ ਕਿ ‘ਜਦੋਂ ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨੀ ਜਵਾਬੀ ਹਮਲਾ ਹੋ ਰਿਹਾ ਸੀ ਤਾਂ 8 ਸਿੱਖ ਦੇ ਸੂਬੇਦਾਰ ਨੇ ਮੈਨੂੰ ਦੱਸਿਆ ਕਿ ਇਕ ਬਹੁਤ ਉੱਚਾ ਲੰਬਾ ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨੀ ਅਪਣੇ ਬੰਦਿਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਲਗਾਤਾਰ ਭੜਕਾਉਂਦਾ ਹੋਇਆ ਦੁਬਾਰਾ ਹਮਲੇ ਲਈ ਹਲਾ ਸ਼ੇਰੀ ਦੇ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ ਜਿਸ ਕਰਕੇ ਉਚਾਈ ਤੇ ਟਿਕਣਾ ਮੁਸ਼ਕਿਲ ਹੋ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ ਤਾਂ ਮੈਂ ਉਸ ਨੂੰ ਦੱਸਿਆ ਕਿ ਉਨ੍ਹਾ ਦੇ ਇਸ ਅਫਸਰ ਨੂੰ ਖਤਮ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ ਤਾਂ ਕਿ ਜਵਾਬੀ ਹਮਲੇ ਖਤਮ ਹੋ ਸਕਣ। ਮੈਂ ਯਕੀਨ ਨਾਲ ਕਹਿੰਦਾ ਹਾਂ ਕਿ ਉਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਦੇ ਜਵਾਬੀ ਹਮਲੇ ਇਤਨੇ ਜ਼ੋਰਦਾਰ ਸਨ ਕਿ ਸਾਡੇ ਸਿੱਖ ਸੂਰਬੀਰ ਚੋਟੀ ਤੋਂ ਕਦੇ ਵੀ ਉਖੜ ਸਕਦੇ ਸਨ। ਪਰ ਸਾਡੇ ਯੋਧਿਆਂ ਨੇ ਇਕ ਜ਼ੋਰ ਦਾ ਬੋਲੇ ਸੋ ਨਿਹਾਲ ਦਾ ਜੈਕਾਰਾ ਲਾਇਆ ਤੇ ਦੁਸ਼ਮਣ ਤੇ ਟੁੱਟ ਪਏ। ਸਭ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਉਸ ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨੀ ਅਫਸਰ ਨੂੰ ਮਾਰਿਆ ਤੇ ਫਿਰ ਬਾਕੀਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਖਦੇੜਿਆ ਜੋ ਸਾਡੇ ਲਈ ਖਾਲੀ ਮੈਦਾਨ ਛੱਡ ਗਏ।ਉਸ ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨੀ ਅਫਸਰ ਦਾ ਨਾਮ ਕੈਪਟਨ ਕਰਨਲ ਸ਼ੇਰ ਖਾਂ ਸੀ। ਬ੍ਰਿਗੇਡੀਅਰ ਬਾਜਵਾ ਨੇ ਕਿਹਾ, "ਇਸ ਲੜਾਈ ਵਿੱਚ 30 ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨੀ ਮਾਰੇ ਗਏ ਸਨ ਅਤੇ ਬਾਕੀ ਸਾਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਮਸ਼ਹੂਰ ਜਿੱਤ ਦਿਵਾ ਕੇ ਪਿੱਛੇ ਹਟ ਗਏ। ਕੈਪਟਨ ਕਰਨਲ ਸ਼ੇਰ ਖਾਨ ਆਪਣੇ ਜਵਾਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਇਕੱਠਾ ਕਰਕੇ ਬਹੁਤ ਵਧੀਆ ਢੰਗ ਨਾਲ ਲੜਿਆ,"ਬ੍ਰਿਗੇਡੀਅਰ ਬਾਜਵਾ ਨੇ ਕਿਹਾ


“ਮੈਂ ਉਸ ਦੀ ਅਤੇ ਅਪਣੇ ਸਿੱਖ ਯੋਧਿਆਂ ਦੀ ਬਹਾਦੁਰੀ ਬਾਰੇ ਜੀ ਓ ਸੀ ਨੂੰ ਰਿਪੋਰਟ ਦਿਤੀ। ਹੋਰ ਹਮਲੇ ਹੁੰਦੇ ਦੇਖਕੇ ਮੈਂ ਉਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਦੀ ਮਦਦ ਲਈ 18 ਗ੍ਰੀਨੇਡੀਅਰ ਦੀ ਘਟਕ ਪਾਰਟੀ ਭੇਜੀ । 18 ਗ੍ਰੀਨੇਡੀਅਰ ਲਈ ਹੁਣ ਉਪਰ ਪਹੁੰਚਣਾ ਮੁਸ਼ਕਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਸੀ ਕਿਉਂਕਿ ਸਿੱਖ ਪਲਟਨ ਨੇ ਉਪਰ ਬੇਸ ਬਣਾ ਲਿਆ ਸੀ।ਉਪਰ ਪਹੁੰਚ ਕੇ ਉਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਨੇ ਪਾਕੀਆਂ ਤੇ ਭਰਵਾਂ ਹੱਲਾ ਬੋਲਿਆ ਤੇ ਇਸ ਅਚਾਨਕ ਹੋਏ ਹੱਲੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨੀ ਠਹਿਰ ਨਾ ਸਕੇ ਤੇ ਜ਼ਿਆਦਾ ਤਰ ਮਾਰੇ ਗਏ। ਇਸ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਅਸੀਂ ਸਭ ਤੋਂ ਔਖਾ ਟਾਰਗੇਟ ਟਾਈਗਰ ਹਿੱਲ ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨੀਆਂ ਤੋਂ ਖੋਹ ਲਿਆ ਤੇ ਜਿੱਤ ਸਾਡੇ ਹੱਥ ਲੱਗੀ।ਸਿੱਖ ਜਵਾਨਾਂ ਦੇ ਬੇਸ ਤੋਂ 18 ਗ੍ਰੀਨੇਡੀਅਰ ਨੇ ਆਪਣੀ ਜਿੱਤ ਦਾ ਝੰਡਾ ਬੁਲੰਦ ਕਰ ਦਿਤਾ ਤੇ ਹਰ ਟੀ ਵੀ ਫਿਲਮ ਵਿੱਚ ਉਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਦਾ ਹੀ ਨਾਂ ਗੂੰਜਣ ਲੱਗ ਪਿਆ ਪਰ ਸੱਭ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਭੁੱਲ ਗਏ ਕਿ ਸਿਖਰ ਤੇ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਪਹੁੰਚਣ ਤੇ ਬੇਸ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਵਾਲੇ ਸਿੱਖ ਜਵਾਨ ਹੀ ਸਨ ਜਿਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਨੇ ਇਸ ਜਿੱਤਦੀ ਨੀਂਹ ਰੱਖੀ ਸੀ।ਡਾਕੂਮੈਂਟਰੀ ਬਣੀ ਤਾਂ ਇਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਦਾ ਕੋਈ ਜ਼ਿਕਰ ਨਾ ਹੋਣ ਕਰਕੇ ਬੜਾ ਅਫਸੋਸ ਹੋਇਆ।

ਕਾਰਗਿਲ ਦੇ ਯੁੱਧ ਵਿੱਚ ਜੋ ਪੰਜਾਬ ਦੇ ਸ਼ਹੀਦ ਹੋਏ ਉਨਾਂ ਦੇ ਨਾਮ ਇਸ ਪਰਕਾਰ ਹਨ:

8 ਸਿੱਖ-ਸੂਬੇਦਾਰ ਕਰਨੈਲ ਸਿੰਘ-ਵੀਰ ਚੱਕਰ, ਨਾਇਕ ਰਣਜੀਤ ਸਿੰਘ-ਸੈਨਾ ਮੈਡਲ, ਸੂਬੇਦਾਰ ਜੋਗਿੰਦਰ ਸਿੰਘ- ਸੈਨਾ ਮੈਡਲ, ਨਾਇਕ ਬਹਾਦਰ ਸਿੰਘ- ਸੈਨਾ ਮੈਡਲ; ਸਿਪਾਹi ਮੇਜਰ ਸਿੰਘ-ਸੈਨਾ ਮੈਡਲ, ਹਵਲਦਾਰ ਦੇਸਾ ਸਿੰਘ, ਹਵਲਦਾਰ ਅਜਾਇਬ ਸਿੰਘ, ਨਾਇਕ ਨਿਰਮਲ ਸਿੰਘ, ਨਾਇਕ ਬਲਦੇਵ ਸਿੰਘ, ਹਵਲਦਾਰ ਵਿਕਰਮ ਸਿੰਘ, ਸਿਪਾਹੀ ਕੁਲਵਿੰਦਰ ਸਿੰਘ, ਸਿਪਾਹੀ ਤਰਲੋਚਨ ਸਿੰਘ, ਸਿਪਾਹੀ ਦਰਸ਼ਨ ਸਿੰਘ, ਸਿਪਾਹੀ ਸੁਰਜੀਤ ਸਿੰਘ, ਸਿਪਾਹੀ ਜਸਵਿੰਦਰ ਸਿੰਘ, ਸਿਪਾਹੀ ਗੁਰਮੇਲ ਸਿੰਘ, ਸਿਪਾਹੀ ਜੀਵਨ ਸਿੰਘ, ਸਿਪਾਹੀ ਰਸ਼ਵਿੰਦਰ ਸਿੰਘ, ਸਿਪਾਹੀ ਸੁਖਵਿੰਦਰ ਸਿੰਘ, ਸਿਪਾਹੀ ਸੁਖਵਿੰਦਰ ਸਿੰਘ ਦੋ।14 ਸਿੱਖ-ਸਿਪਾਹੀ ਬੂਟਾ ਸਿੰਘ।


ਹੋਰ ਪਲਟਣਾਂ ਦੇ ਪੰਜਾਬੀ ਸ਼ਹੀਦ:ਮੇਜਰ: ਹਰਮਿੰਦਰ ਪਾਲ ਸਿੰਘ, ਜੇ ਡੀ ਐਸ ਧਾਲੀਵਾਲ, ਕੇ ਜੀ ਸਿੰਘ; ਸੂਬੇਦਾਰ: ਨੌਨਿਹਾਲ ਸਿੰਘ ਭੁੱਲਰ, ਕੁਲਦੀਪ ਸਿੰਘ, ਸੁੱਚਾ ਸਿੰਘ, ਦਲਜੀਤ ਸਿੰਘ; ਨਾਇਬ ਸੂਬੇਦਾਰ ਕਮਿਲ ਸਿੰਘ; ਹਵਲ ਦਾਰ ਕਮਲਦੇਵ ਸਿੰਘ, ਤਰਸੇਮ ਸਿੰਘ, ਗੁਰਮੀਤ ਸਿੰਘ, ਅਮਰਜੀਤ ਸਿੰਘ, ਗੁਰਮੀਤ ਸਿੰਘ, ਕਰਮ ਸਿੰਘ,ਗਿਆਨ ਸਿੰਘ; ਲਾਂਸ ਹਵਲਦਾਰ ਬਲਦੇਵ ਸਿੰਘ, ਨਾਇਕ ਪੂਰਨ ਸਿੰਘ, ਸੁਚਾ ਸਿੰਘ, ਪਰਮਜੀਤ ਸਿੰਘ, ਸਿਕੰਦਰ ਸਿੰਘ ; ਲਾਂਸ ਨਾਇਕ- ਬਲਵਿੰਦਰ ਸਿੰਘ, ਰਜਿੰਦਰ ਸਿੰਘ, ਦਲਵੀਰ ਸਿੰਘ, ਗੁਰਮੇਲ ਸਿੰਘ, ਅਮਰਜੀਤ ਸਿੰਘ, ਗੁਰਚਰਨ ਸਿੰਘ, ਕੁਲਦੀਪ ਸਿੰਘ, ਰਣਬੀਰ ਸਿੰਘ; ਸਿਪਾਹੀ ਗੁਰਮੇਜ ਸਿੰਘ, ਪਵਨ ਸਿੰਘ, ਜਸਕਰਨ ਸਿੰਘ, ਦਰਸ਼ਨ ਸਿੰਘ, ਜਸਵੰਤ ਸਿੰਘ, ਗੁਰਮੇਲ ਸਿੰਘ, ਦਲਜੀਤ ਸਿੰਘ; ਪੀ ਟੀ ਏ ਹਰਵਿੰਦਰ ਸਿੰਘ, ਗੋਪਾਲ ਸਿੰਘ, ਗ੍ਰੀਨੇਡੀਅਰ ਗੁiਰੰਦਰ ਸਿੰਘ, ਗੁਰਪ੍ਰੀਤ ਸਿੰਘ, ਅਵਤਾਰ ਸਿੰਘ ਅਤੇ ਹੋਰ।
 
Last edited:

Dalvinder Singh Grewal

Writer
Historian
SPNer
Jan 3, 2010
1,380
427
80
ਕਾਰਗਿਲ ਯੁੱਧ ਵਿੱਚ ਸਿੱਖ ਪਲਟਨਾਂ ਦੀ ਅਦਭੁੱਤ ਬਹਾਦੁਰੀ

ਕਰਨਲ ਡਾ: ਦਲਵਿੰਦਰ ਸਿੰਘ ਗ੍ਰੇਵਾਲ

1925, ਬਸੰਤ ਐਵੇਨਿਊ, ਲੁਧਿਆਣਾ, 919815366726


ਅੱਠ ਸਿੱਖ ਦੀ ਅਦਭੁੱਤ ਬਹਾਦੁਰੀ

14 ਮਈ ਨੂੰ 8 ਸਿੱਖ ਨੂੰ ਟਾਈਗਰ ਹਿੱਲ 'ਤੇ ਮੁੜ ਕਬਜ਼ਾ ਕਰਨ ਦਾ ਕੰਮ ਸੌਂਪਿਆ ਗਿਆ ਸੀ। ਮਿਲੀ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਬਹੁਤ ਘੱਟ ਸੀ। ਇਹੋ ਖਬਰ ਸੀ ਕਿ ਕੁਝ ਕੁ ਮੁਜਾਹਿਦੀਨ ਹੀ ਉਪਰ ਮੋਰਚਿਆਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਸਨ। । ਜਿਵੇਂ ਹੀ ਹਮਲਾ ਦੱਖਣੀ ਪਹੁੰਚ ਦੇ ਨਾਲ ਇੱਕ ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਦੇ ਰੂਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਹੋਇਆ, ਦੁਸ਼ਮਣ ਦੁਆਰਾ, ਸਿੱਧੀ ਅਤੇ ਅਸਿੱਧੇ ਤੌਰ 'ਤੇ ਤਿੱਖੀ ਗੋਲੀਬਾਰੀ ਕੀਤੀ ਗਈ। ਸਾਹਮਣਿਓਂ ਆਉਂਦੀ ਗੋਲਾਬਾਰੀ ਦੀ ਪਰਵਾਹ ਕੀਤੇ ਬਿਨਾ ਸੂਬੇਦਾਰ ਜੋਗਿੰਦਰ ਸਿੰਘ ਅਤੇ ਉਸਦੀ ਪਲਟਨ ਨੇ ਆਪਣਾ ਮਾਰਚ ਜਾਰੀ ਰੱਖਿਆ ਅਤੇ ਸਫਲਤਾਪੂਰਵਕ ਟਾਈਗਰ ਹਿੱਲ ਦੀ ਚੋਟੀ ਵੱਲ ਜਾਣ ਵਾਲੇ ਸਪਰ ਦੇ ਅਧਾਰ 'ਤੇ ਪਹੁੰਚ ਗਏ। ਇਸ ਚੜਤ ਵਿੱਚ ਸੂਬੇਦਾਰ ਜੋਗਿੰਦਰ ਸਿੰਘ, ਜਿਸ ਨੇ ਲਾਂਸ ਨਾਇਕ ਰਣਜੀਤ ਸਿੰਘ ਨਾਲ ਮਿਲ ਕੇ ਜਵਾਬੀ ਗੋਲੀਬਾਰੀ ਦੀ ਅਗਵਾਈ ਕੀਤੀ, ਨੇ ਮਹਾਨ ਕੁਰਬਾਨੀ ਦਿੱਤੀ। ਟਾਈਗਰ ਹਿੱਲ ਦੇ ਅੰਤਮ ਕਬਜ਼ੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਸੂਬੇਦਾਰ ਦੁਆਰਾ ਹਾਸਲ ਕੀਤੀ ਮਹੱਤਵਪੂਰਨ ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤੀ ਮਹੱਤਵਪੂਰਨ ਸਾਬਤ ਹੋਈ।
ਦੁਸ਼ਮਣ ਦੀ ਗੋਲਾਬਾਰੀ ਦੀ ਮਾਤਰਾ ਤੋਂ ਕੋਈ ਸ਼ੱਕ ਨਹੀਂ ਸੀ ਰਹਿ ਗਿਆ ਕਿ ਦੁਸ਼ਮਣ ਦੀ ਗਿਣਤੀ ਤੇ ਗੋਲਾਬਾਰੀ ਦੀ ਸ਼ਕਤੀ ਕਿਆਸੀ ਹੋਈ ਤਾਕਤ ਤੋਂ ਕਿਤੇ ਜ਼ਿਆਦਾ ਸੀ ਤੇ ਟਾਈਗਰ ਹਿੱਲ ਉਤੇ ਦੁਸ਼ਮਣ ਦੀ ਪਕੜ ਬੜੀ ਮਜ਼ਬੂਤ ਸੀ। ਹਿੱਲ ਕੰਪਲੈਕਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਟਾਈਗਰ ਹਿੱਲ (ਟੌਪ), ਈਸਟਰਨ ਸਪਰ, ਵੈਸਟਰਨ ਸਪਰ, ਇੰਡੀਆਗੇਟ, ਰੌਕੀ ਨੌਬ ਅਤੇ ਹੈਲਮੇਟ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਹਨ।

ਫੌਜ ਨੇ ਟਾਈਗਰ ਹਿੱਲ 'ਤੇ ਕਬਜ਼ਾ ਕਰਨ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਅਲੱਗ-ਥਲੱਗ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਯੋਜਨਾ ਬਣਾਈ ਸੀ। ਸਿਪਾਹੀਆਂ ਰਸ਼ਵਿੰਦਰ ਸਿੰਘ, ਸੁਖਵਿੰਦਰ ਸਿੰਘ ਅਤੇ ਜਸਵਿੰਦਰ ਸਿੰਘ ਦੁਆਰਾ ਦੁਸ਼ਮਣ ਦੀ ਗੋਲਾਬਾਰੀ ਨੂੰ ਬੇਅਸਰ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਪ੍ਰਮੁੱਖ ਉਚਾਈਆਂ 'ਤੇ ਕਬਜ਼ਾ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ 21 ਮਈ ਤੱਕ 8 ਸਿੱਖ ਦੁਆਰਾ ਇਹ ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤੀ ਕੀਤੀ ਗਈ ਸੀ। ਆਪਣੀ ਨਿੱਜੀ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ ਦੀ ਪੂਰੀ ਅਣਦੇਖੀ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋਏ, ਇਹ ਬਹਾਦਰ ਆਦਮੀ ਮੁੱਖ ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨਿਆਂ 'ਤੇ ਕਬਜ਼ਾ ਕਰਨ ਵਿਚ ਸਫਲ ਹੋ ਗਏ।

31 ਮਈ ਤੋਂ 2 ਜੁਲਾਈ ਦੇ ਵਿਚਕਾਰ, ਇਸ ਬਟਾਲੀਅਨ ਦੇ ਜਵਾਨਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਅਫਸਰਾਂ ਨੇ ਸਿੱਧੇ ਅਤੇ ਅਸਿੱਧੇ ਦੋਨੋਂ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਦੀ ਗੋਲੀਬਾਰੀ ਦੁਆਰਾ ਦੁਸ਼ਮਣ ਨੂੰ ਭਾਰੀ ਨੁਕਸਾਨ ਪਹੁੰਚਾਉਣਾ ਜਾਰੀ ਰੱਖਿਆ ਅਤੇ ਅੱਗੇ ਵਧਦੇ ਰਹੇ ਤਾਂ ਕਿ ਦੁਸ਼ਮਣ ਨੂੰ ਘੇਰ ਲਿਆ ਜਾ ਸਕੇ। ਹਰ ਰਾਤ, ਉਹ ਬਰਫ਼ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਲੰਘਦੇ, ਇੱਕ ਰੇਂਗਣ ਵਾਲੀ ਖਾਈ ਬਣਾਉਂਦੇ ਅਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਨਵੀਂ ਪੋਸਟ ਸਥਾਪਤ ਕਰਦੇ - ਹੌਲੀ-ਹੌਲੀ ਪਰ ਨਿਰੰਤਰ ਸਿਖਰ ਵੱਲ ਵਧਦੇ। ਹਰ ਰੋਜ਼ ਦੁਸ਼ਮਣ ਦੀ ਗੋਲੀਬਾਰੀ ਦੇ ਨਾਲ-ਨਾਲ ਮੀਂਹ, ਅਤੇ ਬਰਫ਼ਬਾਰੀ ਦੇ ਨਾਲ ਬਹੁਤ ਹੀ ਕਠੋਰ ਮੌਸਮੀ ਸਥਿਤੀਆਂ ਤੋਂ ਅਣਜਾਣ, ਬਹਾਦਰ ਸਿਪਾਹੀਆਂ ਨੇ ਆਪਣੇ ਦੁਸ਼ਮਣ ਨੂੰ ਹਰਾਉਣ ਅਤੇ ਆਪਣੇ ਅੰਤਿਮ ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨੇ ਲਈ ਤਿਆਰ ਹੋਣ ਦੀ ਹਿੰਮਤ ਕੀਤੀ। ਪਰ ਜਾਨੀ ਨੁਕਸਾਨ ਕਾਫੀ ਹੋਇਆ।

ਕੁੱਲ ਮਿਲਾ ਕੇ 10 ਜਵਾਨ ਸ਼ਹੀਦ ਹੋ ਗਏ ਅਤੇ 48 ਹੋਰ ਜ਼ਖਮੀ ਹੋ ਗਏ। ਇਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਨੁਕਸਾਨਾਂ ਦੇ ਬਾਵਜੂਦ, ਉਹ ਡਟੇ ਰਹੇ ਅਤੇ ਤਿੰਨ ਦਿਸ਼ਾਵਾਂ ਤੋਂ ਟਾਈਗਰ ਹਿੱਲ ਨੂੰ ਅਲੱਗ ਕਰ ਦਿੱਤਾ। ਇਹ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਸੀ ਕਿ ਟਾਈਗਰ ਹਿੱਲ ਸਿਖਰ 'ਤੇ ਘੁਸਪੈਠੀਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਪੂਰੀ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਘੇਰਨ ਲਈ ਪੱਛਮੀ ਸਪਰ ਤੇ ਵੀ ਕਬਜ਼ਾ ਕਰ ਲਿਆ ਜਾਂਦਾ।

ਟਾਈਗਰ ਹਿੱਲ ਦੀ ਆਖਰੀ ਲੜਾਈ ਲਈ ਮੇਜਰ ਰਵਿੰਦਰ ਸਿੰਘ ਅਤੇ ਲੈਫਟੀਨੈਂਟ ਸਹਿਰਾਵਤ ਨੇ ਚਾਰ ਜੇਸੀਓਜ਼ ਅਤੇ 52 ਓਆਰਜ਼ ਦੇ ਨਾਲ ਪੱਛਮੀ ਸਪੁਰ 'ਤੇ ਕਬਜ਼ਾ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਚੁਣੌਤੀਪੂਰਨ ਜ਼ਿੰਮੇਵਾਰੀ ਨਿਭਾਈ। ਇਹ 4/5 ਜੁਲਾਈ ਦੀ ਰਾਤ ਨੂੰ ਸੀ ਕਿ 8 ਸਿੱਖਾਂ ਦੇ ਬਹਾਦਰ ਸਿਪਾਹੀਆਂ ਦਾ ਇਹ ਦਲ ਬੋਲੇ ਸੋ ਨਿਹਾਲ ਦੇ ਜੈਕਾਰਿਆਂ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਰੋਹੀਨੋ ਹੌਰਨ, ਰੌਕੀ ਨੌਬ, ਹੈਲਮੇਟ ਅਤੇ ਇੰਡੀਆ ਗੇਟ 'ਤੇ ਕਬਜ਼ਾ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਰਵਾਨਾ ਹੋਇਆ। ਇਹ ਅਹੁਦਿਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਬਹੁਤ ਮਜ਼ਬੂਤ ਕੀਤਾ ਗਿਆ ਸੀ ਅਤੇ ਪੂਰਬ ਵੱਲ ਟਾਈਗਰ ਹਿੱਲ ਅਤੇ ਪੱਛਮ ਵੱਲ ਟ੍ਰਿਗ ਹਾਈਟਸ ਤੋਂ ਦੁਸ਼ਮਣ ਦਾ ਦਬਦਬਾ ਸੀ। ਇਹ ਕੰਮ ਚੁਣੌਤੀਪੂਰਨ ਸੀ ਕਿਉਂਕਿ ਪਹੁੰਚ 75 ਤੋਂ 80 ਡਿਗਰੀ ਗਰੇਡੀਐਂਟ ਦੇ ਨਾਲ ਢਲਾਣ ਤੋਂ ਸੀ।

ਰਜੀਵੜੇ ਸਿੱਖਾਂ ਲਈ, ਬਹੁਤ ਹੀ ਖਰਾਬ ਮੌਸਮ ਅਤੇ ਬਰਫਾਨੀ ਉਚਾਈਆਂ ਕੋਈ ਮਾਇਨੇ ਨਹੀਂ ਰੱਖਦੀਆਂ। ਸੂਬੇਦਾਰ ਨਿਰਮਲ ਸਿੰਘ, ਨਾਇਬ ਸੂਬੇਦਾਰ ਕਰਨੈਲ ਸਿੰਘ ਅਤੇ ਨਾਇਬ ਸੂਬੇਦਾਰ ਰਵੇਲ ਸਿੰਘ ਨੇ ਪੱਕਾ ਆਧਾਰ ਕਾਇਮ ਕੀਤਾ। ਲੈਫਟੀਨੈਂਟ ਆਰਕੇ ਸਹਿਰਾਵਤ ਨੂੰ ਤਿੰਨ ਟੀਮਾਂ ਦੁਆਰਾ ਹਮਲੇ ਦਾ ਤਾਲਮੇਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਸੀ। ਅੱਧੀ ਰਾਤ ਤੱਕ, ਤਿੰਨੋਂ ਟੀਮਾਂ ਇੰਡੀਆ ਗੇਟ, ਹੈਲਮੇਟ ਅਤੇ ਰੌਕੀ ਨੌਬ 'ਤੇ ਕਬਜ਼ਾ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਢੁਕਵੇਂ ਢੰਗ ਨਾਲ ਤਿਆਰ ਸਨ। ਜਿਉਂ ਹੀ ਬੋਲੇ ਸੋ ਨਿਹਾਲ, ਸਤਿ ਸਿਰੀ ਅਕਾਲ ਦੇ ਜੈਕਾਰੇ ਗੂੰਜੇ, ਸਿੱਖ ਯੋਧੇ ਵਧ ਪਏ । ਉਧਰੋਂ ਦੁਸ਼ਮਣ ਨੇ ਗੋਲੇ ਗੋਲੀਆਂ ਦਾ ਮੀਂਹ ਵਰ੍ਹਾ ਦਿਤਾ । ਦੁਸ਼ਮਣ ਦੀ ਤਿੱਖੀ ਗੋਲਾਬਾਰੀ ਅਤੇ ਸਿੱਧੀ ਗੋਲੀਬਾਰੀ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਹੋ ਗਈ। ਇੱਕ "ਗਹਿ ਗੱਡਵੀਂ ਲੜਾਈ" ਹੋਈ ਜਿਸ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਬੰਕਰਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਤੋਂ ਬਾਅਦ ਇੱਕ ਸਾਫ਼ ਕੀਤਾ ਗਿਆ। ਸਵੇਰੇ 4 ਵਜੇ ਤੱਕ ਇੰਡੀਆ ਗੇਟ ਅਤੇੁਰੂ ਕੀਤਾ ਦੁਸ਼ਮਣ ਤੋਂ ਹਿੰਸਕ ਜਵਾਬੀ ਕਾਰਵਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਦੇਖਦੇ ਹੋਏ, ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਹਮਲੇ ਨੂੰ ਨਾਕਾਮ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਸਾਰੀਆਂ ਤਿਆਰੀਆਂ ਕਰ ਲਈਆਂ ਗਈਆਂ ਸਨ।



ਦਰਅਸਲ, ਦੋ ਵੱਡੇ ਹਮਲਿਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਨਾਕਾਮ ਕਰ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਗਿਆ ਜਿਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨ ਦੇ ਮੇਜਰ ਇਕਬਾਲ ਅਤੇ 12 ਂਲ਼ੀ ਦੇ ਕੈਪਟਨ ਕਮਲ ਸ਼ੇਰ 30 ਹੋਰਾਂ ਦੇ ਨਾਲ ਮਾਰੇ ਗਏ। ਤਿੰਨ ਜੇ.ਸੀ.ਓਜ਼ - ਸਬ ਨਿਰਮਲ ਸਿੰਘ ਅਤੇ ਕਰਨੈਲ ਸਿੰਘ ਅਤੇ ਨਾਇਬ ਸੂਬੇਦਾਰ ਰਵੇਲ ਸਿੰਘ - ਅਤੇ 18 ਜਵਾਨਾਂ ਨੇ ਸਰਵਉੱਚ ਕੁਰਬਾਨੀ ਦਿੱਤੀ। ਜ਼ਖਮੀਆਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਮੇਜਰ ਰਵਿੰਦਰ ਸਿੰਘ ਅਤੇ ਲੈਫਟੀਨੈਂਟ ਸ਼ੇਰਾਵਤ ਤੋਂ ਇਲਾਵਾ 18 ਜਵਾਨ ਪੱਛਮੀ ਸਪਰ ਦੇ ਕਬਜ਼ੇ ਨੇ 7 ਜੁਲਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਟਾਈਗਰ ਹਿੱਲ ਦੀ ਚੋਟੀ 'ਤੇ ਕਬਜ਼ਾ ਕਰਨਾ ਸੰਭਵ ਕੀਤਾ । ਯੂਨਿਟ ਨੇ ਕੁੱਲ 35 ਆਦਮੀ ਸ਼ਹੀਦ ਹੋਏ। ਲਗਭਗ 70 ਜ਼ਖਮੀ ਹੋਏ - ਇੱਕ ਵੱਡੀ ਕੀਮਤ ਸੀ . ਪਰ ਪੂਰੀ ਸ਼ਿੱਦਤ ਨਾਲ, ਟਾਈਗਰ ਹਿੱਲ 'ਤੇ 8 ਸਿੱਖ ਨੇ ਜਿੱਤ ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤ ਕੀਤੀ । ਅੱਠ ਸਿੱਖ ਦੇ ਕੁੱਝ ਬਹਾਦਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਅਦਭੁੱਤ ਬਹਾਦੁਰੀ ਦੇ ਜ਼ਿਕਰ ਤੋਂ ਬਿਨਾ ਇਹ ਲੇਖ ਅਧੂਰਾ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ।



ਨਿਰਮਲ ਸਿੰਘ


1753616791982.png


ਸੂਬੇਦਾਰ ਨਿਰਮਲ ਸਿੰਘ
ਸੂਬੇਦਾਰ ਨਿਰਮਲ ਸਿੰਘ 1976 ਵਿੱਚ 8 ਸਿੱਖ ਵਿੱਚ ਭਰਤੀ ਹੋਇਆ। 4 ਜੁਲਾਈ,1999 ਨੂੰ, ਉਹ ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨੀ ਜਵਾਬੀ ਹਮਲੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਬੁਰੀ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਜ਼ਖਮੀ ਹੋਏ ਲੋਕਾਂ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਇੱਕ ਸੀ ਪਰ ਉਸਨੇ ਆਪਣੀ ਫੌਜ ਦੀ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਬਰਕਰਾਰ ਰੱਖੀ ਅਤੇ ਵਾਇਰਲੈਸ 'ਤੇ ਬ੍ਰਿਗੇਡ ਕਮਾਂਡਰ (ਬ੍ਰਿਗੇਡੀਅਰ ਐਮਪੀਐਸ ਬਾਜਵਾ) ਦੇ ਸੰਪਰਕ ਵਿੱਚ ਸੀ ਜੋ ਉਸਨੂੰ ਪ੍ਰੇਰਿਤ ਕਰਦਾ ਰਿਹਾ। ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨ ਦੇ ਹਮਲਿਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਹਰਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਭਾਰੀ ਹੱਥੋਂ-ਹੱਥ ਲੜਾਈ ਵਿੱਚ ਸੂਬੇਦਾਰ ਨਿਰਮਲ ਸਿੰਘ ਨੇ ਗੰਭੀਰ ਜ਼ਖ਼ਮੀ ਹੋਣ ਦੇ ਬਾਵਜੂਦ ਆਪਣੇ ਜੈਕਾਰਾ ਜਵਾਨਾਂ ਦੀ ਅਗਵਾਈ ਕੀਤੀ ਅਤੇ ਅੰਤ ਵਿੱਚ ਸਿਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਗੋਲੀ ਲੱਗਣ ਨਾਲ ਉਸ ਦੀ ਮੌਤ ਹੋ ਗਈ। ਉਸ ਦੇ ਸਿਰ 'ਤੇ ਸਿੱਧੀ ਸੱਟ ਲੱਗਣ ਕਾਰਨ ਮਾਰੇ ਜਾਣ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ, ਸੂਬੇਦਾਰ ਸਾਹਬ ਨੇ ਸਾਨੂੰ 'ਬੋਲੇ ਸੋ ਨਿਹਾਲ ਸਤਿ ਸ੍ਰੀ ਅਕਾਲ' ਦੇ ਜੈਕਾਰੇ ਲਗਾਉਣ ਅਤੇ ਹਮਲਾਵਰ ਦੁਸ਼ਮਣ ਅਤੇ ਉਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਦੀ ਅਗਵਾਈ ਕਰ ਰਹੇ ਅਧਿਕਾਰੀ ਨੂੰ ਖਬਰ ਭੇਜਣ ਲਈ ਕਿਹਾ ਸੀ। ਹਵਲਦਾਰ ਸਤਨਾਮ ਸਿੰਘ ਨੇ ਦੱਸਿਆ।

ਬ੍ਰੀਗੇਡੀਅਰ ਬਾਜਵਾ ਨੇ ਕਿਹਾ “8 ਸਿੱਖ ਦੇ ਜਵਾਨ ਜੂਝਦੇ ਹੋਏ ਸਿਖਰ 'ਤੇ ਪਹੁੰਚ ਗਏ ਪਰ ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨੀਆਂ ਦੀ ਭਾਰੀ ਗੋਲੀਬਾਰੀ ਹੇਠ ਆ ਗਏ ਜਿਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਨੇ ਚੰਗੀ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਤਿਆਰੀ ਕੀਤੀ ਹੋਈ ਸੀ। 8 ਸਿੱਖ ਦੇ ਜਵਾਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਪਿਛੇ ਹਟਣਾ ਪਿਆ ਅਤੇ ਉਹ ਸਿਖਰ 'ਤੇ ਲਟਕਦੇ ਰਹੇ। ਮੈਂ ਉਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਰੇਡੀਓ 'ਤੇ ਪ੍ਰੇਰਣਾਦਾਇਕ ਭਾਸ਼ਣ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਅਤੇ ਉਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਕਿਹਾ ਕਿ ਵਾਰ-ਵਾਰ ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨੀ ਜਵਾਬੀ ਹਮਲਿਆਂ ਦੇ ਸਾਹਮਣੇ ਇਕ ਇੰਚ ਵੀ ਪਿੱਛੇ ਨਾ ਹਟਣ। ਦੋ ਅਫਸਰਾਂ ਦੇ ਜ਼ਖਮੀ ਹੋਣ ਅਤੇ ਤਿੰਨ ਜੇ.ਸੀ.ਓਜ਼ ਦੇ ਮਾਰੇ ਜਾਣ ਦੇ ਨਾਲ, ਸੂਬੇਦਾਰ ਨਿਰਮਲ ਸਿੰਘ ਇਕਲੌਤਾ ਆਗੂ ਬਚਿਆ ਸੀ ਅਤੇ ਮੈਂ ਉਸ ਨੂੰ ਕਿਹਾ ਕਿ ਉਸ ਨੂੰ ਇਹ ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ ਪਏਗਾ ਕਿ ਦਸਮੇਸ਼ ਪਿਤਾ (ਗੁਰੂ ਗੋਬਿੰਦ ਸਿੰਘ) ਦੁਆਰਾ ਸਿੱਖਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਬਖ਼ਸ਼ਿਆ ਮਾਣ ਸਨਮਾਨ ਘੱਟ ਨਾ ਹੋਣ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਜਾਵੇ”।

"ਉਨ੍ਹਾਂ (8 ਸਿੱਖ ਬਟਾਲੀਅਨ) ਨੇ ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨੀ ਜਵਾਬੀ ਹਮਲਿਆਂ ਵਿੱਚ 14 ਜਵਾਨ ਗੁਆ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਅਤੇ ਉਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਦੇ ਦੋਵੇਂ ਅਧਿਕਾਰੀ ਜ਼ਖਮੀ ਹੋ ਗਏ ਅਤੇ ਸਾਰੇ ਚਾਰ ਜੇਸੀਓ ਮਾਰੇ ਗਏ," ਬ੍ਰਿਗੇਡੀਅਰ ਬਾਜਵਾ ਨੇ" ਕਿਹਾ। ਅਗਵਾਈ ਲਈ ਸਿਰਫ ਸੂਬੇਦਾਰ ਨਿਰਮਲ ਸਿੰਘ ਹੀ ਬਚਿਆ ਸੀ ਜਿਸ ਨੇ ਅਦਭੁਤ ਬਹਾਦੁਰੀ ਤੇ ਮਿਸਾਲੀ ਅਗਵਾਈ ਨਾਲ ਦੁਸ਼ਮਣ ਦਾ ਟਾਕਰਾ ਕੀਤਾ ਅਤੇ ਆਖਰੀ ਦਮ ਤੱਕ ਲੜਦੇ ਹੋਏ ਸ਼ਹੀਦੀ ਪਾਈ। ਸੂਬੇਦਾਰ ਨਿਰਮਲ ਸਿੰਘ ਦਾ ਜਨਮ 6 ਮਈ 1957 ਨੂੰ ਜ਼ਿਲ੍ਹਾ ਗੁਰਦਾਸਪੁਰ ਦੇ ਇੱਕ ਪਿੰਡ ਵਿੱਚ ਹੋਇਆ। ਉਹ 1976 ਵਿਚ 8 ਸਿੱਖ ਵਿਚ ਭਰਤੀ ਹੋਇਆ ਸੀ। 4 ਜੁਲਾਈ, 1999 ਨੂੰ, ਉਹ ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨੀ ਜਵਾਬੀ ਹਮਲੇ ਵਿਚ ਬੁਰੀ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਜ਼ਖਮੀ ਹੋਏ ਲੋਕਾਂ ਵਿਚ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਸੀ ਪਰ ਉਸ ਨੇ ਆਪਣੀਆਂ ਫੌਜਾਂ ਦੀ ਕਮਾਂਡ ਬਰਕਰਾਰ ਰੱਖੀ ਅਤੇ ਵਾਇਰਲੈੱਸ 'ਤੇ ਬ੍ਰਿਗੇਡ ਕਮਾਂਡਰ (ਬ੍ਰਿਗੇਡੀਅਰ ਐਮ.ਪੀ.ਐਸ. ਬਾਜਵਾ) ਦੇ ਸੰਪਰਕ ਵਿਚ ਸੀ, ਜਿਸ ਨੇ ਉਸ ਨੂੰ ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨ ਦੇ ਹਮਲਿਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਹਰਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਪ੍ਰੇਰਿਤ ਕੀਤਾ। ਸੂਬੇਦਾਰ ਨਿਰਮਲ ਸਿੰਘ ਨੂੰ ਮਰਨ ਉਪਰੰਤ ਵੀਰ ਚੱਕਰ ਨਾਲ ਸਨਮਾਨਿਤ ਕੀਤਾ ਗਿਆ।

ਹਵਲਦਾਰ ਸਤਪਾਲ ਸਿੰਘ


1753616863834.png


ਹਵਲਦਾਰ ਸਤਪਾਲ ਸਿੰਘ

ਹਵਲਦਾਰ ਸਤਪਾਲ ਸਿੰਘ ਅੱਠ ਸਿੱਖ ਦਾ ਬਹਾਦਰ ਜਵਾਨ ਸੀ ਜਿਸ ਨੇ ਕੈਪਟਨ ਸ਼ੇਰ ਖਾਨ ਨੂੰ ਮਾਰਿਆ ਸੀ ਤੇ ਨਾਲ ਹੋਰਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਵੀ ਹੱਥੋ ਹੱਥ ਦੀ ਪੰਜ ਮਿੰਟਾਂ ਦੀ ਲੜਾਈ ਵਿੱਚ ਹੀ ਮੌਤ ਦੇ ਘਾਟ ਉਤਾਰ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਸੀ ।ਸਤਪਾਲ ਸਿੰਘ ਦੇ ਕਹਿਣ ਮੁਤਾਬਕ ਜੁਲਾਈ 6, 1999 ਨੂੰ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਦਾ ਪਹਿਲਾ ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨਾ ਇੰਡੀਆ ਗੇਟ ਪਹੁੰਚਣਾ ਸੀ ਜਿਸ ਨਾਲ ਟਾਈਗਰ ਹਿਲ ਨੂੰ ਜਿੱਤਣ ਵਿੱਚ ਮਦਦ ਮਿਲਣੀ ਸੀ ।ਸਤਪਾਲ ਸਿੰਘ ਜਿਸ ਦਾ ਪਿਤਾ ਅਜਾਇਬ ਸਿੰਘ 1971 ਦੀ ਲੜਾਈ ਵਿੱਚ ਫਿਰੋਜ਼ਪੁਰ ਦੀ ਹੱਦ ਦੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਲੜਦਾ ਹੋਇਆ ਸ਼ਹੀਦ ਹੋਇਆ ਸੀ ਆਪਣੇ ਆਪ ਨੂੰ ਬੜਾ ਜਿੰਮੇਵਾਰ ਸਿਪਾਹੀ ਸਮਝਦਾ ਸੀ, ਨੇ ਦੱਸਿਆ : “ਅੱਠ ਸਿੱਖ ਰੈਜੀਮੈਂਟ ਨੂੰ ਜ਼ਿਮੇਵਾਰੀ ਦਿਤੀ ਗਈ ਸੀ ਕਿ ਉਹ ਟਾਈਗਰ ਹਿਲ ਦੀ ਖੱਬੀ ਬਾਹੀ ਨੂੰ ਕਬਜ਼ੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਲੈ ਕੇ ਟਾਈਗਰ ਹਿੱਲ ਉਤੇ ਹਮਲੇ ਲਈ ਬੇਸ ਬਣਨਗੇ।ਉਹਨਾਂ ਨੇ ਆਪਣੀ ਘਟਕ ਪਲਾਟੂਨ ਉੱਪਰ ਭੇਜੀ ਜਿਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਦੋ ਅਫਸਰ, ਚਾਰ ਜੇਸੀਓ ਤੇ 46 ਜਵਾਨ ਸਨ । 4 ਜੁਲਾਈ 1999 ਨੂੰ ਘਟਕ ਪਲਾਟੂਨ ਨੇ ਜਪੁਜੀ ਸਾਹਿਬ ਦਾ ਪਾਠ ਕਰਕੇ ਤੇ ਅਰਦਾਸ ਕਰਨ ਤੋਂ ਬਾਅਦ ਚੜ੍ਹਾਈ ਚੜ੍ਹਨੀ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤੀ।ਨਾਂ ਦਾ ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨਾ ਇੰਡੀਆ ਗੇਟ ਤੇ ਪਹੁੰਚ ਕੇ ਉਸ ਨੂੰ ਕਬਜ਼ੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਲੈਣਾ ਸੀ ਤਾਂ ਕਿ ਟਾਈਗਰ ਹਿੱਲ ਤੇ ਚੜ੍ਹਨ ਲਈ ਉਸ ਦਾ ਸੌਖਾ ਰਾਸਤਾ ਬਣ ਸਕੇ ਤੇ ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨੀ ਸੈਨਾ ਤੋਂ ਟਾਈਗਰ ਹਿਲ ਛਡਵਾਈ ਜਾ ਸਕੇ” ।
ਸ ਨੇ ਦੱਸਿਆ ਕਿ 5 ਜੁਲਾਈ ਦੀ ਸਵੇਰ ਉਸ ਉਨਾਂ ਨੇ ਬੋਲੇ ਸੋ ਨਿਹਾਲ ਦਾ ਨਾਅਰਾ ਲਾ ਕੇ ਇੰਡੀਆ ਗੇਟ ਉੱਤੇ ਹਮਲਾ ਕਰ ਦਿੱਤਾ। ਕੁਝ ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨੀ ਸਿਪਾਹੀਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਮਾਰ ਮੁਕਾਇਆ ਪਰ ਕੁਝ ਬਚ ਕੇ ਨਿਕਲ ਗਏ । ਦੂਜੇ ਦਿਨ 6 ਜੁਲਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨੀ ਸਿਪਾਹੀਆਂ ਬਹੁਤ ਭਾਰੀ ਗਿਣਤੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਦੁਬਾਰਾ ਹਮਲਾ ਕੀਤਾ ਸੀ ਪਰ ਸਿੱਖ ਸਿਪਾਹੀ ਬੋਲੇ ਸੋ ਨਿਹਾਲ ਦੇ ਜੈਕਾਰੇ ਲਾਉਂਦੇ ਹੋਏ ਬੜੀ ਬਹਾਦਰੀ ਦੇ ਨਾਲ ਇਹਨਾਂ ਵੱਧਦੇ ਹੋਏ ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨੀ ਸਿਪਾਹੀਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਦੋ ਵਾਰ ਪਿੱਛੇ ਧੱਕ ਦਿੱਤਾ ।ਉਨਾਂ ਦਾ ਕਮਾਂਡਰ ਕੈਪਟਨ ਸ਼ੇਰ ਖਾਨ ਸੀ ਜਿਸ ਨੇ ਦੁਬਾਰਾ ਫਿਰ ਫੌਜਾਂ ਇਕੱਠੀਆਂ ਕਰਕੇ ਤੀਜੀ ਵਾਰ ਉਸਨੇ ਸਾਡੇ ਉੱਤੇ ਹਮਲਾ ਕੀਤਾ ਪਰ ਅਸੀਂ ਉਸ ਨੂੰ ਇਹੋ ਜਿਹੀ ਮਾਰ ਦਿਖਾਈ ਕਿ ਕੈਪਟਨ ਸ਼ੇਰ ਖਾਨ ਨੂੰ ਖੁਦ ਮਾਰਿਆ।

ਸ਼ੇਰ ਖਾਂ ਟਰੈਕ ਸੂਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਸੀ । ਉਸ ਸਮੇਂ ਸਾਨੂੰ ਨਹੀਂ ਸੀ ਪਤਾ ਕਿ ਉਹ ਇੱਕ ਅਫਸਰ ਹੈ ਸਾਡੀ ਉਸ ਦੇ ਨਾਲ ਪੰਜ ਮਿੰਟ ਦੀ ਗਹਿ ਗਚਵੀਂ ਲੜਾਈ ਹੋਈ ਤੇ ਗਾਲ ਗਲੋਚ ਵੀ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਰਿਹਾ । ਉਹ ਸਾਨੂੰ ਗਾਲਾਂ ਕੱਢਦਾ ਰਿਹਾ । ਮੈਂ ਉਸ ਉੱਤੇ ਗੋਲੀਆਂ ਚਲਾਈਆਂ ਤੇ ਉਸ ਨੂੰ ਜ਼ਖਮੀ ਕਰ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਫਿਰ ਉਸ ਉੱਤੇ ਟੁੱਟ ਕੇ ਪੈ ਗਿਆ ਤੇ ਸੈਕਿੰਡਾਂ ਚ ਹੀ ਮੈਂ ਕੈਪਟਨ ਸ਼ੇਰਖਾਨ ਨੂੰ ਸੁੱਟ ਲਿਆ ਲੇਕਿਨ ਮੇਰੇ ਉੱਤੇ ਵੀ ਏਕੇ 47 ਨਾਲ ਕੈਪਟਨ ਸ਼ੇਰ ਖਾਨ ਦਾ ਚਾਰ ਗੋਲੀਆਂ ਦਾ ਫਾਇਰ ਹੋਇਆ ਜਿਸਨੇ ਮਰੀ ਸੱਜੀ ਲੱਤ, ਪੇਟ, ਖੱਬਾ ਹੱਥ ਤੇ ਖੱਬਾ ਮੋਢਾ ਜ਼ਖਮੀ ਕਰ ਦਿੱਤੇ । ਮੈਂ ਫਿਰ ਵੀ ਆਪਣੇ ਆਪ ਨੂੰ ਕਾਬੂ ਕੀਤਾ ਤੇ ਫਾਇਰਿੰਗ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋਏ ਸ਼ੇਰ ਖਾਨ ਦੇ ਉੱਤੇ ਦੁਬਾਰਾ ਹਮਲਾ ਕੀਤਾ ਤੇ ਉਸ ਨੂੰ ਮਾਰਿਆ । ਸ਼ੇਰ ਖਾਨ ਨਾਲ ਮੇਰੀ ਇਹ ਹੱਥੋਂ ਹੱਥ ਦੀ ਲੜਾਈ ਸੀ ਤੇ ਜਿਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਮੈਂ ਸ਼ੇਰ ਖਾਨ ਨੂੰ ਬੁਰੀ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਮਾਰਿਆ । ਅਸੀਂ ਬੜੀ ਬਹਾਦਰੀ ਦੇ ਨਾਲ ਇੱਕ ਦੂਜੇ ਨਾਲ ਲੜੇ ਤੇ ਲਗਾਤਾਰ ਬੋਲੇ ਸੋ ਨਿਹਾਲ ਦੇ ਜੈਕਾਰੇ ਲਗਾਉਂਦੇ ਰਹੇ ।

ਸਾਡੀ ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨੀਆਂ ਦੇ ਨਾਲ ਲਗਭਗ 50 ਮਿੰਟ ਤੱਕ ਲੜਾਈ ਹੋਈ ਜਿਹਦੇ ਚ ਸਾਡੇ 18 ਜਵਾਨ ਸ਼ਹੀਦ ਹੋਏ ਜਿਨਾਂ ਚ ਤਿੰਨ ਜੇਸੀਓ ਤੇ 15 ਜਵਾਨ ਸਨ ਜਦ ਕਿ ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨ ਦੇ 85 ਜਵਾਨ ਮਾਰੇ ਗਏ । ਸੱਤ ਜੁਲਾਈ ਨੂੰ ਸਾਡੀ ਟੀਮ ਆਪਣੇ ਹੈਡਕੁਆਰਟਰ ਪਹੁੰਚੀ ਤੇ ਜ਼ਖਮੀਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਹਸਪਤਾਲ ਪਹੁੰਚਾਇਆ ਗਿਆ ਜਿਹਨਾਂ ਚ ਮੈਂ ਵੀ ਸ਼ਾਲ ਸਾਂ।

ਸ਼ੇਰ ਖਾਨ ਬਾਰੇ ਮੈਂ ਇਹ ਦੱਸਾਂ ਕਿ ਬੜਾ ਬਹਾਦਰ ਸੀ ਤੇ ਉਸ ਨੇ ਜੋ ਬਹਾਦਰੀ ਦਿਖਾਈ ਉਸ ਦੇ ਬਦਲੇ ਚ ਸਾਡੇ ਖੁਦ ਆਪਣੇ ਕਮਾਂਡਰ ਨੇ ਉਸ ਦੀ ਜੇਬ ਦੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਚਿੱਟ ਪਾਈ ਜਿਹਦੇ ਉੱਤੇ ਲਿਖਿਆ।“ ਉਸ ਸਮੇਂ ਉਸਨੂੰ ਬਹੁਤ ਘੱਟ ਪਤਾ ਸੀ ਕਿ ਜਿਸ ਆਦਮੀ ਨਾਲ ਉਸਨੇ ਹੱਥੋ-ਹੱਥ ਲੜਾਈ ਕੀਤੀ ਸੀ ਉਹ ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨੀ ਫੌਜ ਦੀ ਨਾਰਦਰਨ ਲਾਈਟ ਇਨਫੈਂਟਰੀ ਦਾ ਕੈਪਟਨ ਕਰਨਲ ਸ਼ੇਰ ਖਾਨ ਸੀ ਅਤੇ ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨ ਦਾ ਸਰਵਉੱਚ ਬਹਾਦਰੀ ਪੁਰਸਕਾਰ, ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨ-ਏ ਮਿਲਿਆ ਸੀ। -ਹੈਦਰ, ਭਾਰਤੀ ਬ੍ਰਿਗੇਡ ਕਮਾਂਡਰ ਬ੍ਰਿਗੇਡੀਅਰ ਬਾਜਵਾ ਦੀ ਸਿਫਾਰਿਸ਼ 'ਤੇ, ਜਿਸ ਨੇ ਮ੍ਰਿਤਕ ਪਾਕਿਸਤਾਨੀ ਕੈਪਟਨ ਦੇ ਟਰੈਕਸੂਟ ਦੀ ਜੇਬ 'ਚ ਚਿਟ ਪਾਈ ਸੀ।

ਸ਼ੇਰ ਖਾਨ ਬੜੀ ਬਹਾਦਰੀ ਦੇ ਨਾਲ ਲੜਿਆ ਤੇ ਬੜੀ ਬਹਾਦਰੀ ਦੇ ਨਾਲ ਹੀ ਉਸ ਨੇ ਆਪਣੀ ਸ਼ਹੀਦੀ ਪਾਈ ।“ ਸਤਪਾਲ ਸਿੰਘ ਜੋ ਚਾਰ ਗੋਲੀਆਂ ਤੋਂ ਬਾਅਦ ਵੀ ਖਾਣ ਤੋਂ ਬਾਅਦ ਵੀ ਬਚਿਆ ਰਿਹਾ ਤੇ ਰਿਟਾਇਰ ਹੋਣ ਵੇਲੇ ਸੂਬੇਦਾਰ ਬਣ ਗਿਆ ਜਿਸ ਪਿੱਛੋਂ ਉਸ ਨੇ ਪੰਜਾਬ ਪੁਲਿਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਨੌਕਰੀ ਕਰ ਲਈ । ਆਪਣੇ ਪਿਤਾ ਅਜੈਬ ਸਿੰਘ ਵਾਂਗ ਹੀ ਜੋ ਸਨ ਫਿਰੋਜ਼ਪੁਰ ਦੀ ਬਾਰਡਰ ਤੇ ਤਿੰਨ ਗਾਰਡ ਰੈਜੀਮੈਂਟ ਨਾਲ 1971 ਦੀ ਲੜਾਈ ਲੜੇ ਆਪਣੇ ਆਪ ਨੂੰ ਵੀ ਇੱਕ ਬਹਾਦਰ ਸੂਰਵੀਰ ਸਿੱਧ ਕੀਤਾ।

ਮੈਨੂੰ ਚਾਰ ਗੋਲੀਆਂ ਲੱਗੀਆਂ ਸਨ ਅਤੇ ਮੇਰੀ ਲਾਈਟ ਮਸ਼ੀਨ ਗਨ (ਲ਼ੰਘ) ਦੇ ਦੋ ਮੈਗਜ਼ੀਨ ਦੁਸ਼ਮਣਾਂ 'ਤੇ ਫਾਇਰ ਕੀਤੇ ਗਏ ਸਨ ਕਿਉਂਕਿ ਹੱਥੋਂ-ਹੱਥ ਲੜਾਈ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਹੋ ਗਈ ਸੀ। ਮੈਂ ਟ੍ਰੈਕਸੂਟ ਪਹਿਨੇ ਅਤੇ ਪਾਕਿ ਫੌਜਾਂ ਦੀ ਅਗਵਾਈ ਕਰ ਰਹੇ ਲੰਬਾ, ਚੰਗੀ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਬਣੇ ਆਦਮੀ 'ਤੇ ਝਪਟਿਆ। ਦੋਵਾਂ ਪਾਸਿਆਂ ਤੋਂ ਗਾਲ੍ਹਾਂ ਕੱਢਣ ਨਾਲ ਚਾਰੇ ਪਾਸੇ ਹਫੜਾ-ਦਫੜੀ ਮਚ ਗਈ ਪਰ ਮੈਂ ਉਸ ਨੂੰ ਮਾਰਨ ਵਿਚ ਕਾਮਯਾਬ ਹੋ ਗਿਆ, ”ਹਵਲਦਾਰ ਸਤਪਾਲ ਸਿੰਘ ਜਿਸ ਨੇ ਇਸੇ ਲੜਾਈ ਵਿਚ ਵੀਰ ਚੱਕਰ ਵੀ ਹਾਸਲ ਕੀਤਾ ਸੀ, ਨੇ ਦੱਸਿਆ।

14 ਸਿੱਖ ਦੀ ਬਹਾਦੁਰੀ

ਸਿੱਖ ਰੈਜੀਮੈਂਟ ਦੀਆਂ ਉੱਚ ਪਰੰਪਰਾਵਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਆਪਣਾ ਕੰਮ ਪੂਰਾ ਕਰਨ ਤੋਂ ਬਾਅਦ, ਸਿੱਖ ਬਟਾਲੀਅਨ ਦੇ 14 ਸਿੱਖ ਦੀ ਵਾਰੀ ਸੀ, ਦੁਸ਼ਮਣ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਹੋਰ ਸਬਕ ਸਿਖਾਉਣ ਦੀ।

27 ਮਈ ਨੂੰ ਬਟਾਲੀਅਨ ਨੂੰ ਲੇਹ ਲਈ ਏਅਰਲਿਫਟ ਕੀਤਾ ਗਿਆ ਸੀ। ਮੇਜਰ ਰੋਹਿਤ ਸਹਿਗਲ ਦੀ ਅਗਵਾਈ ਵਾਲੀ ਐਡਵਾਂਸ ਪਾਰਟੀ ਨੂੰ ਕੱਸਰ ਖੇਤਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਦੁਸ਼ਮਣ ਦੀ ਘੁਸਪੈਠ ਨੂੰ ਰੋਕਣ ਲਈ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੀ ਚੰਨੀਗੁੰਡ ਭੇਜਿਆ ਗਿਆ ਸੀ। ਇਸ ਪਾਰਟੀ ਨੇ ਸੰਵੇਦਨਸ਼ੀਲ ਬਟਾਲਿਕ ਸੈਕਟਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਹੋਰ ਘੁਸਪੈਠ ਨੂੰ ਰੋਕਣ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਰੱਖਿਆਤਮਕ ਸਥਾਨ 'ਤੇ ਕਬਜ਼ਾ ਕਰ ਲਿਆ ਅਤੇ ਅਪਮਾਨਜਨਕ ਕਾਰਵਾਈਆਂ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਮਜ਼ਬੂਤ ਅਧਾਰ ਪ੍ਰਦਾਨ ਕੀਤਾ।

27 ਮਈ ਨੂੰ, ਦੁਸ਼ਮਣ ਨੇ ਇਸ ਰੱਖਿਆਤਮਕ ਸਥਾਨ 'ਤੇ ਪ੍ਰਭਾਵਸ਼ਾਲੀ ਅਤੇ ਤੇਜ਼ ਗੋਲੀਬਾਰੀ ਕੀਤੀ। ਦੁਸ਼ਮਣ ਦੀ ਗੋਲਾਬਾਰੀ ਨੂੰ ਬੇਅਸਰ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, ਸਿਪਾਹੀ ਬੂਟਾ ਸਿੰਘ ਨੇ ਮਿਸਾਲੀ ਦਲੇਰੀ ਅਤੇ ਬਹਾਦਰੀ ਦਿਖਾਉਂਦੇ ਹੋਏ ਮੀਡੀਅਮ ਮਸ਼ੀਨ ਗੰਨ ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਅਸਰਦਾਰ ਥਾਂ ਤੇ ਤੈਨਾਤ ਕੀਤਾ ਅਤੇ ਲਗਭਗ ਚਾਰ ਘੰਟੇ ਤੱਕ ਦੁਸ਼ਮਣ 'ਤੇ ਪ੍ਰਭਾਵਸ਼ਾਲੀ ਗੋਲੀ ਚਲਾਈ। ਦੁਸ਼ਮਣ ਨੇ ਪ੍ਰਭਾਵਸ਼ਾਲੀ ਗੋਲਾਬਾਰੀ ਨੂੰ ਬੇਅਸਰ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਆਪਣੀ ਗੋਲਾਬਾਰੀ ਨੂੰ ਕੇਂਦਰਿਤ ਕੀਤਾ। ਸਿਪਾਹੀ ਬੂਟਾ ਸਿੰਘ, ਦੁਸ਼ਮਣ ਦੇ ਛੋਟੇ ਹਥਿਆਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਗੋਲੀ ਦਾ ਸ਼ਿਕਾਰ ਹੋ ਕੇ ਵੀ ਆਪਣੀ ਐਮਐਮਜੀ ਨੂੰ ਉਦੋਂ ਤੱਕ ਚਲਾਉਂਦਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਜਦੋਂ ਤੱਕ ਉਸਨੇ ਆਖਰੀ ਸਾਹ ਨਹੀਂ ਲਿਆ ਅਤੇ ਦੁਸ਼ਮਣ ਨੂੰ ਕੰਪਨੀ ਦੀ ਰੱਖਿਆ ਵਾਲੇ ਇਲਾਕੇ 'ਤੇ ਕਬਜ਼ਾ ਕਰਨ ਤੋਂ ਰੋਕਿਆ।

7 ਜੂਨ ਨੂੰ 14 ਸਿੱਖਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਚੋਰਬਾਟਲਾ ਦੀ ਜ਼ਿੰਮੇਵਾਰੀ ਸੌਂਪੀ ਗਈ। ਇਹ ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਰੇਖਾ ਦੇ ਨਾਲ-ਨਾਲ ਕਮਾਂਡਿੰਗ ਹਾਈਟਸ ਵੱਲ ਵਧਿਆ ਅਤੇ ਕਬਜ਼ਾ ਕਰ ਲਿਆ। ਲੇਹ ਪਹੁੰਚਣ ਦੇ ਤੁਰੰਤ ਬਾਅਦ, 14 ਸਿੱਖਾਂ ਨੇ ਇੱਕ ਕੰਪਨੀ ਕਾਲਮ ਨੂੰ ਚੋਰਬਾਟਲਾ ਲਈ ਰਵਾਨਾ ਕੀਤਾ ਤਾਂ ਕਿ ਉੱਥੇ ਹਲਕੇ ਤੌਰ 'ਤੇ ਰੱਖੀ ਗਈ ਸਥਿਤੀ ਨੂੰ ਮਜ਼ਬੂਤ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕੇ। ਕੰਪਨੀ 15,000 ਫੁੱਟ ਤੋਂ ਵੱਧ ਦੀ ਉਚਾਈ 'ਤੇ 22 ਕਿਲੋਮੀਟਰ ਦੀ ਦੂਰੀ ਨੂੰ ਕਵਰ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋਏ ਹਨੁਥਾਂਗ ਅਤੇ ਹੈਂਡਨਬਰੋਕ ਵੱਲ ਚਲੀ ਗਈ।ਇਹ ਆਪਣੇ ਆਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਕਾਰਨਾਮਾ ਸੀ ਅਤੇ ਬਹਾਦਰ ਸਿੱਖ ਸੈਨਿਕਾਂ ਦੀ ਸਰੀਰਕ ਅਤੇ ਮਾਨਸਿਕ ਮਜ਼ਬੂਤੀ ਨੂੰ ਦਰਸਾਉਂਦਾ ਸੀ।

ਸੈਕਟਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਦੁਸ਼ਮਣ ਦੀ ਗਤੀਵਿਧੀ ਕੁਝ ਹੱਦ ਤੱਕ ਘੱਟ ਸੀ। ਨਾਇਬ ਸੂਬੇਦਾਰ ਜਸਬੀਰ ਸਿੰਘ ਨੇ ਇੱਕ ਮਿਸਾਲੀ ਯਤਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਪੁਆਇੰਟ 5620 (ਲਗਭਗ 19,000 ਫੁੱਟ) 'ਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਸੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਪੋਸਟ ਦੀ ਸਥਾਪਨਾ ਕੀਤੀ। ਉਸਦੇ ਉੱਦਮ ਨੇ ਚੋਰਬਾਟਲਾ ਦੇ ਪੂਰਬੀ ਹਿੱਸੇ ਨੂੰ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਅਤ ਕੀਤਾ। ਇਸ ਤੋਂ ਬਾਅਦ ਦੁਸ਼ਮਣ ਪੂਰੀ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਹਾਵੀ ਹੋ ਗਿਆ।

ਇਸੇ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਪੰਜਾਬ ਦੀਆਂ ਦੂਜੀਆਂ ਪਲਟਣਾਂ ਨੇ ਵੀ ਯੁੱਧ ਵਿਚ ਬਹਾਦੁਰੀ ਦਿਖਾਈ ਜਿਸਦਾ ਵਿਸਥਾਰ ਇਹ ਲੇਖ ਲੰਬਾ ਹੋਣ ਦੇ ਡਰੋਂ ਨਹੀਂ ਦਿਤਾ ਗਿਆ।
 

Dalvinder Singh Grewal

Writer
Historian
SPNer
Jan 3, 2010
1,380
427
80
KARGIL-A POST-MORTEM
INTRODUCTION

  1. General
  2. Name
  3. History
  4. Geography
  5. Socio-culture
  6. Economy
  7. Political Situation
General:

“Emerald amongst the white pearls of the Himalayas”, “The Happy Valley” and “Super-Switzerland of Asia” are some of the appellations given to the Kashmir over the centuries. The Mughal King Jehangir was so bewitched by the natural splendour of the valley that he exclaimed in ecstasy, “If there is a paradise on earth, it is here, it is here.’ Lush green valleys, abundance of flowers and fruits and shimmering springs and translucent lakes make Kashmir a visitors’ paradise.

Name:

According to a legend, the area between Baramulla and Anantnag was 80x25 miles lake occupied by a demon Jalodbawa. He used to change the course of the water of lake according to his will, causing frequent floods in lower plains. An ascetic named Kashyap when came to the area was told of the devastation caused by the demon. He requested Lord Vishnu to save the plains from the floods. Lord Vishnu killed Jaldobawa in a battle, and cut the mountains around to drain the lake into a river. The Lord asked Kashyapa to bring better people from plains to settle them in the area. Kashyapa brought learned people from Benaras and other parts of India and settled them in the newly created valley. The reclaimed land came to be known as Kasyapamir on the name of Kashyapa and later Kashmir.​

History:

The oldest records about the History of Kashmir are available in Neel Mat Purana, in which details from 6th to 8th Century are found recorded. Another book Raj Tringini written by Pandit Kalhan in 8 parts in 11th-12th Century AD has records of history upto 1140 A.D. A book Raja Bali written by Raja Jone has details upto 1412 A.D. Jena Raja Raj Trangini written by Pandit Sriwara has records from 1459 to 1486 A.D. Some of the other books describing the History of Kashmir are Twareekh-I-Hindustan (Urdu), Valley of Kashmir and Story of Kashmir both in English.

As per these records Kashmir was ruled by the following in ancient times:
Rulers of Kashmir Period in Yrs

1. Hindu Kings 2526 B.C. -1342 A.D. 3868

A. Gonundia Dynasty first time from 2526 B.C. -169 B.C. 2357
B. Vikramditiya and other Dynsties 167 B.C. - 25 A.D. 192
C. Gonundia Dynasty second time 25 A.D. - 596 A.D. 571
D. Hindu Karkoota Dynasty 596 A.D. - 816 A.D. 260
E. Utpla Dynasty 857 A.D. - 938 A.D. 83
F. Yashash Kara & Others 940 A.D. - 981 A.D. 64
G. Lohara Dynasty first 1004 A.D.- 1090 A.D. 97
H. Lohara Dynasty Second time 1102 A.D. -1129 A.D. 48
J Other Hindu Kings 1129 A.D.- 1342 A.D 213

2. Sultan Kings 1343 A.D.- 1585 A.D. 242
3. Mughal Rule 1585 A.D.- 1751 A.D. 166
4. Afghan Rule 1752 A.D.- 1819 A.D. 67
5. Sikh Rule 1819 A.D.-1846 A.D. 27
6. Dogra Rule 1846 A.D.-1948 A.D. 102
7. Indian Rule 1948 A.D.- till date.

Hindu Kings:

80 Gonundia kings ruled Kashmir for over 3000 years; first time from 2526 to 169 B.C. and second time from 25 A.D. to 596 A.D.[1] The period of the rule of some of the kings of ancient Kashmir from 1182 BC to 1342 AD found from historical records are shown in table at Appendix ‘A’.
Damodar 1, Yashwanti Rani, Gonundia II, Luv-Kush, Kahigindra, Surinder, Godhar, Swaran, Janak, Sachinada, Ashok, Julka, Damodar II, Abhoh, Manua & Gonundia III are some of the famous kings of Gonudia dynasty. King Ashok was a very gentle and known philonthropist. The public was very happy during his rule. He adopted Buddhism and established many Bodh Mathhs. He established the first city of Kashmir and named it Srinagri. It is now known as Purnadish. His son Julka barred Buddhism and expelled all Buddhists from Kashmir. He opened embassies in various neighbouring countries and established proper justice and finanacial management systems. A later king Jaska again reintroduced Buddhism in Kashmir. Durlabhka/ Partap Datia II (632-682AD) annexed Punchh and Rajauri. Lalita Datia I (697-733 AD) constructed many temples with Gold domes. He also constructed numerous canals for watering of the land.

Awanti Varma (857-884 AD) was a very peace loving king. The public was the happiest in his period. Soya an engineer under him improved the flow of Jhelum by removing the silt in the entire zone. He adopted a noble method of taking out the silt. He threw some golden coins at different places in the river and advertised it widely. The people dug out the silt to find out these golden coins. He supervised this digging out deep ensuring that the silt does not come back to the river. This way he saved the surrounding areas from floods. Soya also constructed a canal from lake Wular to Khanabal, resulting in increase in production. He established Soyapur later known as Sopur, on his name.

Shankar Varma (884-903 AD) established Sunderpura now known as Pattan. Rani Deeda (981-1003 AD) was a very capable queen but enraged at the death of her son she killed all her grandsons and handed over the kingdom to her nephew thereby changing the dynasty over to Loharas

King Harsh (1090-1102 AD); He improved the administration and introduced gold, silver and copper coins on his name. He became greedy and collected all wealth from temples and Boddh maths, but he died penniless. The Lohara dynasty rule (1102-1129A.D.) was full of turmoil inviting intruders. Invaders burnt Srinagar during the rule of King Sushal. During the rule of King Sam Dev and his brother Udhyan Dev, Zulakdar Khan Tatar attacked Kashmir, burnt remaining Srinagar and adjoining towns. After the death of King Sam Dev, Ranchan Shah, a Tibetan managed to kill the General Ram Chand and took over the control of Kashmir. He got converted into Islam with a new name Sadar-ud-Deen. His rule was of limited duration as Udyan Dev, brother of Sam Dev returned from Afghanistan and took over the reins. Kota Rani the queen of Sam Dev who was forcibly married first to Rachan Shah after the death of Sam Dev and then to Udhyan Dev, became the ruler for a brief period when Arva, A Turk attacked Kashmir. Udhyan Dev fled but the Queen Kota Rani took over the control of the kingdom and defeated the attacker. Meanwhile Udhyan Dev also returned and ruled upto 1342 AD. After his death his General Shah Mirza took over the Kingdom and wanted to marry Kota Rani forcibly which the queen refused and committed suicide.

The kings connected with establishing various cities/towns are Luv : Lolav, Ashok: Srinagar, Kanashak : Kanshakpura, Hasak: Hasakpura, Jasak: Jasakpura, Parvarsain Dooja: reshaped Srinagar as Parvarpura, Partap II: Tapar, Awanti: Awantipura and Siyapyr (Sopur), Shakar varman: Sunderpur (later known as Pattan),​

The Sultans (1343-1585 A.D.)

Shah Mirza crowned himself Sultan under the name of Sultan Shams-ud-Deen. He established a Muslim kingdom and ruled from 1343 to 1349 A.D. The period of rule of other Sultans is given at Appendix ‘B’.

Most of these Sultans ruled for periods from 3 to 10 years, however, Sultan Zain-ul-Abideen, also known as Badshah, ruled for 50 years i.e., 1420 to 1470 A.D. He cared for the Kashmiri public and ensured justice and progress. His development works included opening of workshops for paper, silk and match-boxes, digging of copper mines and use of Dal lake as a source of irrigation and constructing of Zainagir, Lachhman Kool and Chakdal canals. He provided facilities for trading by improving communication, sending ambassadors to neighbouring countries and by improvind the methodology of trade. He constructed a bridge on Jhelum at Zainakadal and a causeway from Inderkot to Sopur. He added Nushera, Zainpura, Zainkot and Zainalankar colonies in Srinagar. He improved the administration, made it more active and effective and removed corruption. The Brahmins who had left Kashmir valley due to the atrocities of earlier rulers were brought back and settled well. He changed the official language of Kashmir from Sanskrit to Persian. His period is known as the golden period of Kashmir. Another well known Sultan is Sultan Yusuf Shah (1580-1585 A.D.) who improved the lot of Kashmiris.​

Mughal Rule

King Akbar was very keen to capture Kashmir. He attacked Kashmir in 1582 but was defeated. However, in 1585 Akbar’s forces under Mir Qasim again attacked Kashmir with greater strength. The last Sultan, Yusuf Shah was captured and sent to Bihar jail where he died in 1592 A.D. Akbar established Governorship in Kashmir and visited Kashmir in 1589, 1592 and 1597. He stopped the taxes and forced labour from Hindus and gave them high offices. He toned up the administration. Akbar had 4822 cavaliers and 92400 Infantry in Kashmir.[2] However Kashmir was devasted by floods. His successor Jehangir also visited Kashmir numerous times and died in Kashmir in 1627. He increased the beauty of Kashmir by adding gardens and a few canals. When he was asked about his views about Kashmir, he said, “ If there is a heaven on earth, it is this alone, it is this alone and it is this alone.”

During Shah Jehan’s rule (1628 A.D. – 1658 A.D.) his local governor levied Zazia tax on Hindus. On a complaint, the Governor was changed. The new Governor Zafar Khan not only reduced taxes but also improved the trade and business. Another Governor Ali Mardan took keen interst in improvement of rest houses and forts. He added Chashma Shahi to Srinagar. Aurangzeb (1658-1707 A.D.) was anti-Hindu. He issued ordes for forcible conversion of the Hindus into Islam. 14 Governors ruled Kashmir during his period. Governor Saif Khan (1664-1667A.D.) got the land surveyed, reduced pay of government staff and stopped production of opium. Governor Ibrahim’s (1678-1685 A.D.) period was of turmoil and fights between Shia and Sunni Muslims and of floods and earthquakes. Fazalkhan (1698-1701 A.D.) discontinued taxes on salt and earthen pots. He constructed schools, madrasas and rest houses. Prophet Mohammed’s hair ‘Hazrat Bal’ was brought from Beejapur to Srinagar during his Governorship. Governors Abdul and Mula Sharief caused atrocities on Kashmiris frequently and burnt Hindu settlements including Kailash Puri. Aurangzeb visited Kashmir in 1665 A.D. with 50,000 soldiers through Peer Panchal for the first and last time till he died in 1701 A.D.

The later Governors were Muslim fanatics who made the living of Hindus in Kashmir, a hell. Governor Afg (1748-1752 A.D.) was a real terror. During his period Ahmed Shah Abdali attacked Kashmir and made it a part of his rule in 1752 A.D. 28 Afghan Governors controlled Kashmir from 1752 to 1819 A.D. The Bambay and Khakhe Qabailies of Muzzaffarabad district raided the valley frequently, created terror by burning hutments and looted the rich. Mohammed Muzaffar Khan, an Army Officer with Sultan of Pakhli captured Darawa, Karnah and Pakhli, made Mozaffrabad as his capital and created his own small Sultanate. The Sultanate thus created by Bambay Sultans remained a satellite of Kshmir state. Sultans Aibat Khan, Mirza Khan, Hassan Ali Khan I, Zabardasat Khan, Muzzaffar Khan, Hassan Khan, Rehmat Khan, Mommed Barkat Khan, Hassan Ali Khan II also known as jagirdar of Boi and Abdul Qayuum Khan managed the affairs of this areas as chieftains till 1947.​

Afghan Governors

With the advent of Ahmed Shah Durrani in 1752, Kashmir became a part of Afghansitan as did the rest of North India. This ended Mughal era. Pathan Governors were more cruel than the Mughal Governors. These Pathan Governors forcibly converted Hindus into Islam and tortured those who did not submit.

Sukhjeevan Mal (1754-1762) who improved the lot of Kashmiris was an exception. He created his own army of 30,000 Hindus and Sikhs and recruited 2000 Sikhs specially from Pothohar. He opened the Hindu temples for worship and stopped all special taxes on Hindus. The King of Afghanistan did not accept this; got him captured and killed him mercilessely. Islamic fanaticism increased further. During the rule of Azad Khan (1782-85), Hindus, particularly Brahmins, were used as load carriers. He annexed Poonchh. With the change of rule in Afghanistan, Governor Abdulla Khan (1796-1807) was removed by Sher Mohammad appointing his son Ata Mohammad as Governor (1897-1813). His successor Azam Khan (1813-1819) proved a real terror for Hindus. He enforced the order on banning turban and shoes by Hindus. The Brahmins migrated to Punjab in large number during his Governorship. His brother Jabad Khan (1819) was the last Afghan Governor.

Sikh Rule
Maharaja Ranjit Singh’s army captured Kashmir in July 1819 and annexed Kashmir with Sikh Kingdom with its capital at Lahore. Sikh army under Kanwar Kharak Singh, Genreal Deewan Chand and General Hari Singh Nalwa fought marvellously to defeat Jabad Khan. Kashmir remained under Sikh Rule till 1846 and was ruled through 10 Governors i.e., Deewan Moti Ram (1819-20), Hari Singh Nalwa (1820-21), Deewan Moti Ram 2nd time (1821-24), Deewan Chuni Lal (1824-26), Deewan Kirpa Ram (1826-30), Behma Singh Ardli (1830-31), Kanwar Sher Singh (1831-34), Mian Singh (1834-41), Sheikh Ghulam Mahi-ud-Din (1841-45) and Sheikh Imam Deen (1846).

During the Sikh rule all the special taxes on Hindus and Sikhs were discontinued. The ban on Hindus and Sikhs on wearing turban and shoes was also removed. Cow slaughter was banned. Temples were repaired and Gurdwaras were constructed to commemorate the visit of Gurus. Revenue collection system was improved. Number of forts and bridges were constructed. The trade was opened to Punjab and the rest of India; trade thus flourished. The improvement in general administration and welfare measures taken by the Governors, specially Kanwar Sher Singh improved the lot of Kashmiris. During his rule the snow -fall was so heavy that all movement became difficult. He took special measures to evacuate the troubled and provided food and shelt er free to them. Agriculture systems were improvised and improved. The area remained generally peaceful during Sikh Raj and the public was happy at the measures adopted. Ladakh area was captured after a hard battle. The chieftains of Ghori the Bombay Sultans who often created troubles were subjugated and piquet's were established in Muzzaffrabad. The Jammu area was put under Raja Gulab Singh in 1820.

Dogra Rule under British Empire

Since the advent of Sikhs in J & K the sequence of events are given in Appendix ‘C’. After the death of Maharaja Ranjit Singh and the annexation of Punjab as well Jammu & Kashmir by the British, Maharaja Gulab Singh purchased the area of Jammu & Kashmir from the British under the treaty of 1846. The Raja was the local head of Jammu & Kashmir under the British rule. Maharajas Gulab Singh (1846-57), Ranbir Singh (1857-85) and Partap Singh (1885-1949) ruled the state of Jammu & Kashmir peacefully for over 103 years.

Mahraja Gulab Singh extended his kingdom to China border and established proper control over the entire area. He recaptured Muzaffarabad from the Boi Sultan but gave it to him after a due warning to pay taxes in time. Maharaja Ranbir Singh opened many schools and post offices and enacted legislation to improve the legal system.

Mahraja Partap Singh was deeply religious.He remained in meditation and religious worship for most of his time. Though the British interference increased yet some improvement were brought. He got Kohala - Domel road and bridges at Kohala and Domel constructed in 1888.

During the rule of Maharaja Hari Singh, Primary education was made free and compulsory for all. 3000 schools were opened. Many hospital and dispensaries were opened. Tobacco was banned for children upto the age of 14. The land was given to the tillers. The minimum age for marriage was made as 18 years for boys and 14 years for girls. Demorcracy was introduced into the state. State assembly came into being in 1934. Out of 75 members 40 members were to be selected by the public. He created three new battalians i.e., 7, 8, and 9 Jammu & Kashmir Infantry Battalions in 1942 A.D. to ensure safety in the north-east region. He got the census of the state done in 1941. The population of Jammu & Kashmir during 1941 cesnus was: Muslims 3101247, Hindus 80965, Sikhs 65903, Boddhi 40696, Christians 3086 Jains and others 1519. The state was divided into 5 regions based on language as under:​
  1. Punjabi speaking areas: Districts of Mozaffarabad, Punchh, Mirpur and Ranbirpura Tehsil.​
  2. Dogri: Districts of Kathua, Jammu, Udhampur and Riasi.​
  3. Kashmiri: Baramula, Anantnag and Srinagar.​
  4. Ladakhi: District Ladakh​
  5. Dardi (Gilgiti): Gilgit, Gilgit Agency, Gorez, Drass and Asrot​
Jammu and Kashmir (J&K) was one of the 565 princely states of India on which the British paramountcy lapsed at the stroke of midnight on 15 August 1947. By the terms agreed upon for the partition of the Indian subcontinent between India and Pakistan, the rulers of princely states were given the right to opt for either Pakistan or India or- with certain reservations- to remain independent. The ruler of J & K, Maharaja Hari Singh did not exercise the option to join either of the two dominions, and instead, wanted a Standstill Agreement pending final decision on his state's accession.

Finding direct danger to Srinagar from Qabailies and the situation having gone out of his control, Maharaja Hari Singh requested troops from Maharaja of Patiala. He also sent his Deputy Prime Minister Sri Ram Lal Batra on October 23, with a letter for Lord Mountbatten and Pt. Jawahar Lal Nehru with an appeal for assistance. Along with Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru and Home Minister Vallabhbhai Patel, Mountbatten decided that Indian troops could be committed only if Hari Singh acceded to India, in exercise of his powers under the Independence of India Act.

On October 25, V.P. Menon flew to Srinagar to obtain Hari Singh’s signature on the Instrument of Accession and on 26 Oct 1947, the Maharaja signed the Instrument of Accession in favour of India. This instrument was accepted by the then Governor General of India, Lord Mountbatten, on 27 Oct 1947, thereby making J & K a legal and constitutional part of the Union of India. The agreement entered is given at Appendix ‘D’.

Meanwhile the First Patiala Sikh Regiment reached Srinagar on 27 October 1947 by air and halted the advance of Qabailies beyond Srinagar Airport. They pushed the Qabailies towards Baramulla. On the same day regular Indian Army troops were also rushed to the state to drive out the Pakistanis. The pushing back of the intruders continued thereafter.

This proxy war started by Pakistan through Qabailies, led to a full-scale war between India and Pakistan by November 1947, on till December, recapturing most of the territory. However some one-third of the disputed territory was still left with Pakistan. At Mountbatten’s suggestion, and by some accounts in the face of Vallabhbhai Patel’s strenuous objections, the Indian Cabinet referred the entire conflict to the United Nations Security Council. On 01 Jan 1948, India took up the issue of Pak aggression in J & K to the UN and a ceasefire was negotiated in January 1948. On August 13,1948, the Security Council submitted a signal resolution that was to shape the terms of India-Pakistan engagement on Kashmir for a considerable period.

The August 13 resolution, which both India and Pakistan agreed to honour, had three parts (Appendix ‘D’). The first part called for a cease-fire to come into force. The second part mandated that “since the presence of troops of Pakistan constitutes a material change since it was represented by the Government of Pakistan before the Security Council, the Government of Pakistan agrees to withdraw its troops.” Pakistan was also committed “to use its best endeavour” to secure the withdrawal of tribesmen and its other nations present there for the purposes of war, Section B of this second part of the resolution held that when the United Nations Commission for India and Pakistan (UNCIP) certified that Pakistani tribesmen and troops had withdrawn, India would withdraw from the State all but a minimum level of forces needed to maintain law and order. Subsequently, Part Three of the resolution mandated, the future of Jammu and Kashmir would be decided “in accordance with the will of the people.”

The cease-fire actually came into operation on 01 Jan 1948, leaving approximately 84,000 sq. km of Jammu and Kashmir under Pakistan control.

On 17 October 1949, the Indian Constituent Assembly adopted Article 370 of the Constitution, ensure a special status for Jammu & Kashmir. An interim constitution for the state of Jammu & Kashmir came into effect in November 1951

On 24 July 1952, an agreement was reached between Sheikh Abdullah, the then Prime Minister of J & K and the Government of india which provided for the state’s autonomy within India. Sheikh Abdullah later planned underhand to reach an agreement with Pakistan as well. He was thereafter removed and imprisoned for conspiracy. Bakshi Gulam Mohammed replaced him on 9 August 1953. The Government of India and Pakistan agreed to appoint a plebisite administrator by the end of April 1954. . With Muslims comprising a majority of the population in Kashmir Valley, one could easily have expected communal politics to develop but the people of this Valley, through centuries of their history had developed tolerance and peaceful coexistence, irrespective of different religious beliefs. The National Conference led by Mr. Sheikh Abdullah, a popular Kashmiri leader, believed in nationalism based on community interests and not on religion. Mr. MA Jinnah tried but failed to win the sympathies of the Muslims of Kashmir for his two-nation theory. Perhaps a plebiscite, soon after the partition of India and Pakistan, would have been overwhelmingly favorable to India. However, Pakistan never withdrew troops from North-West Kashmir which soon was declared by Pakistan as a state of Pakistan union.

However, Pakistan never withdrew its troops, scuttling the implementation of the August 13 Security Council Resolution. Finding Pakistan adamant on not vacating the Pakistan Occupied Kashmir and not allowing the pre-conditions for plebiscite to be fulfilled, the Jammu & Kashmir State Constituent Assembly in 1956 adopted a constitution with the provision that Jammu & Kashmir was thereafter an integral part of Union of India. A series of U.N. resolutions were passed to bring about progress, but with little effect. On December 2, 1957, for example, the Security Council passed a resolution expressing concern over the lack of progress in realising earlier resolution, after Sweden’s representative, Gunnar V. Jarring, submitted a report which “explore(d) what was impeding their full resolution.” Significantly, this 1957 resolution constituted the last instance of the U.N. considering the future of Jammu and Kashmir in a serious manner -until the Security Council’s most recent call for India-Pakistan dialogue on the issue.

India and Pakistan were left to conduct bilateral talks on Kashmir from December 27, 1962. Almost sabotaged at the outset by Pakistan’s decision to hand over 2,060 square miles of territory in its part of Kashmir to China, the talks dragged on desultorily, and collapsed after six rounds.

Having failed to secure Jammu & Kashmir through negotiations, Pakistan planned covert activities for creating unrest in J & K to show the world that J & K people are not actually with India and India has manipulated the state constituent assembly to pass the clause of integration with India. First such Pak inspired activities was violence and demonstrations across the valley on 27 December 1963 when the holy relic of Hazrat Mohammed was found missing from Hazrat Bal shrine. The holy relic was recovered on 4 January 1964. Sheikh Abdullah was also released on 8 April and the conspiracy case against him was dropped. Discussions were held between Prime minister of India Shri Jawahar Lal Nehru and Sheikh Abdullah on 29 April. At the instance of Nehru, Sheikh Abdullah went to Pakistan on 27 May. Meanwhile articles 356 and 357 were extended to J & K. This led to protest demonstrations in the state on 21 December.

Taking a cue from Hazrat Bal and December 1964, demonstrations in J & K, Pakistan thought of exploiting the situation through inciting the local public against India. Then came the idea of another Proxy war on the same line as that on 1947. Having failed to create anti-India feelings among public, Pakistan sent armed infiltrators across the LC under the code name OP Gibraltar on 5 August 1965 and in September across the international border near Chhamb.

Pakistanis tried out strategy of proxy war OP Gibraltar in 1965, which failed miserably. This again led to the famous war of 1965 which came into end on 23 September 1965 through a USSR brokered ceasefire.

In 1970-71, Pakistan resorted genocide in the erstwhile East Pakistan to suppress the large scale uprising by the people against West Pakistan authoritarianism. .India helped the Bengalis in terms of economic and political support as the great refugee influx from east Pakistan was become a great financial burden for India and above all creating a security risk. India helped the East Bengal freedom fighters Mukti Bahini which created lot of problems for Pakistan. To divert public opinion all over the world Pakistan resorted to air strikes against India It too resulted in the famous Bangladesh war of 1971. Pakistani forces surrendered in two weeks and East Bengal was liberated with a new name Bangladesh. Shimla Accord was signed between India and Pakistan on 4 July 1972 according to which, “both governments agree that their respective heads will meet again at a mutually convenient time in the future and that, in the meanwhile, the representatives of the two sides will meet to discuss further the modalities and arrangements for the establishment of a durable peace and normalization of relations, including the repatriation of prisoners of war and civilian internees, a final settlement of Jammu & Kashmir and the resumption of diplomatic relations.” The last line left the door open on Kashmir.

Meanwhile the Kashmir Accord was signed on 3 November 1974, by G. Parthasarathy, for Indira Gandhi and Mirza Afzal beg for Sheikh Abdullah. Sheikh Abdullah was sworn in as Chief of J & K on 25 February 1975 with the support of Congress Legislature Party. However Congress withdrew its support and Sheikh Abdullah resigned on 27 March 1977. As a result the state assembly was dissolved and the state had free and fair elections on 30 June. The nation Conference bagged 47 out lof 76 seats. Sheikh Abdullah took over as Chief Minister.

Having found Kashmir out of his hand General Zia-ul-Haque, ex Chief of Army Staff General Zia-ul-Haque an ex-Army Chief of Staff who took over the reins of Pakistan as military dictator planned to take the revenge of Bangla Desh defeat. He planned operation Tupac, a key proxy war operation in 1978. His main aim was to capture Kashmir and merge it with Pakistan and avenge Pakistani defeat in 1971. Operation Tupac was to be conducted over a period of 20 years and in four parts. In part one he had planned to send terrorists to Jammu and Kashmir, create unrest among the general public and fail the civil administration.[3]

Sheikh Abdullah nominated his son Farooq Abdullah as his political heir on 23 January 1981 and died on 8 September 1982. Farooq Abdullah took over as Chief Minister after him. Farooq Abdullah led the National Conference to a convincing victory in Assembly Elections in 1983. As against his association with Congress party he invited opposition parties to a conclave at Srinagar within months of becoming the Chief Minister. The Congress party started a campaign to discredit the election. This resulted in his worsening of relations with Indira Gandhi who appointed Jagmohan as the Governor in April, 1984.. Farooq Abdullah’s government was dismissed on 02 July 1984 and his brother-in-law G.M. Shah was sworn in as the Chief Minister. G.M. Shah too was dismissed on 7 March 1986 and was replaced by Sheikh Abdullah in November 1986 after having reached at an accord with Rajiv Gandhi, the then Prime Minister of India. However the alliance of National Conference and National Congress lost considerable support in the valley.

This was a turning point for the Islamic fundamentalists. In Jan 1987 they united to form a Muslim United Front. Their aim was to oppose NC-Congress alliance. Farooq won the elections but with the charges of rigging. This also started a wave of protests in the valley and anti-India demonstrations were staged. At least ten people were killed in police firing. The protests continued and by August 1988 there was frequent curfew in the valley.

Meanwhile Pakistan succeeded in a proxy war in Afghanistan where it trained Taliban and trained them to fight the legitimate Afghan regime. Pakistan ISI remained at the hub of affairs, recruiting, training, arming, directing, control and providing necessary administrative support. Pakistan foreign office provided the necessary outside liaison with the Muslim world and propagated the cause of Taliban through Pakistani media. This proxy war resulted in a declared war between the Taliban and the ruling coalition. Taliban captured and ruled 80% of Afghan territory and Pakistan maintained its hegemony over Taliban.

Once Pakistan tasted its success through Taliban and was relatively free from Afghanistan it found Kashmir to be ripe for launching Operation Tupac. It upgraded its assistance in Kashmir and floated Jammu & Kashmir Liberation Front (JKLF) and a few other militant organization. JKLF became quite active in militant activities.
The proxy war in J & K heated up gradually in 1989. The violence began two bombs were thrown at the police by JKLF activities. The incidents followed by grenade attacks by militants. In July, Gen K V Krishna rao governor and in August Yusuf Halwai and NC worker was shot dead by militants. On 8 December, within days of V P Singh becoming prime Minister, Rubaiya Sayeed daughter of the Home Minister, Mufti Mohammed Sayeed was kidnapped by the JKLF. She was released on 13 December in exchange of 5 JKLF leaders. Release of prisoners resulted in victory celebrations by JKLF and creation of Anti-India feelings. This resulted in curfew in Kashmir valley and fiver persons getting killed in police firing.

Finding the situation worsening in J & K, Jagmohan was appointed Governor for a second time on 19 January 1990 while Farooq resigned. Terrorist continued their activities unabated. 35 people were killed on 20 January, when protesters were fired upon from both sides of the Gawakadal bridge. On 13 February Lassa Koul, director of Srinagar Door darshan, was killed by militants. In March, a mass exodus of Kashmiri Pundits took place. Massive protest marches continued in Srinagar. The security forces tried to stop them with police firing as a result more people were killed. On 21 May, Jagmohan resigned as governor. Girish Chandra Saxena, a former head of RAW (Research and Analysis Wing) was appointed Governor. However the violence continued unabated, becoming endemic. A situation of virtual civil war existed in the Valley in 1991. JKLF has been very active with direct support and guidance from Pak ISI. India however was able to create a dent in JKLF, weaning away certain elements. Finding JKLF slipping lout of its hands Pakistan created another terrorist outfit Hizbul Mujahideen. It also withdrew support to JKLF.

The BJP's Ekta Yatra (march for unity) on 26 January 1992 was allowed to hoist the National Flag in Lal Chowk, under total curfew and massive security. Nevertheless, the violence continued, spreading to areas of Jammu province like Doda. The Hizbul Mujahideen, the Pakistan backed terrorist organization increased its strength dramatically and differences surface between it and the JKLF. Pakistan created number of other militant organizations and also stepped up propaganda against India through its media and also through diplomatic channels. Allegations of human rights violations by the security forces increased as do charges of corruption.

In a freak incident, forty people were killed in Sopore by security forces who in retaliation to killing of their two men burnt down a section of the town in January 1993. The valley was in near fire again. Pakistan cashed on the situation by inciting Kashmiris and sending more terrorists in to the valley. In March, General K V Krishna Rao was again made Governor in March 1993. The death of a police constable, Riyaz Ahmed, in army custody in April started a strike by state policemen. In October the militants managed to occupy Hazratbal shrine. Security forces surrounded the shrine. The protest all over the valley created the tense situation. In one such tense moment, Security forces opened fire on protesters in Bij Behara killing sixty people. This worsened the situation even further and the militants increased their numbers. ISI also increased its activities in other parts of India.

Prime Minister Narasimha Rao tried to tie up the situation byo starting a political process in the Valley. He released militant leaders like Yasin Malik and Shabir Shah in 1994. Pakistan activated more terrorist outfits, with increased number of foreign militants. The total activities was named 'jihad' and the Islamic Fundamentalists were fed on the promise that Kashmir will soon be an Islamic state.

Indian Government took some economic and political measures to stop the increasing violence and terrorist activities. In 1995, Jammu and Kashmir was declared backward state under the new industrial policy and entrepreneurs were exempted from income tax by 5 years. Terrorists however remained active. In May 1995 Chrar-e-Sharief town was set ablaze along with the 14th century Chrar-e-Sharief shrine by militants led by a foreign mercenary Mast Gul. In July, 5 foreign tourists are abducted from Pahalgam by a militant group (Al Faran).

India stepped up operations against militants and increased political and economic activity. In March 1996, 33 top militants were killed, virtually annihilating JKLF (Aman) Group during an encounter with security forces at Hazratbal. Govt announced setting up of a State Human Rights Commission in January 1997. In Feb, Rs 7200 crore (US $ 1714.28 Million) economic package was announced for J&K. In Mar, elections to the Legislative Council were held with National Conference winning all but one seat which went to BJP In April elections for 6 parliamentary seats were held successfully. In September election to the State Assembly were conducted successfully. Democracy thus returned to the valley.

Irritated at the political leverage to India Pakistan stepped its activities again in 1998. This was to increase infiltration of foreign militants in the valley. Indian Security forces increased vigilance. Percentage of foreign militants killed went up to 47 percent in 1998, there by indicating a sense of despondency in Pak ISI and Pro Pakistan groups. 23 Kashmiri Hindus were killed by militants at Wandhama village in Srinagar District In Jan. New situation arose In May 1998, with India and Pakistan exploding Nuclear devices to establish their status as Nuclear powers in the region. July to Oct saw increased cross border firing by Pakistan to internationalize the Kashmir problem.

India however, tried to prove that situation was normal. The Prime Minister, Mr. IK Gujral on 27 Jan 99 inaugurated first National Winter Games. In Feb, Indian and Pakistan Prime Ministers met at Lahore and signed a Joint Declaration expressing resolve to settle all contentious issues between the two countries including Kashmir problem, through bilateral dialogue.

As the Lahore declaration was being signed Gen Musharraf the Pak Army Chief was preparing for infiltration into J & K. Not finding desired success due to stiff resistance by Indian security forces and Kashmiri Muslims not aligning with the terrorists, Pakistan sent its own forces which infiltrated and occupied Kargil heights with an aim of cutting Srinagar-Leh highway, cutting off northern Kashmir, encouraging demoralized terrorist outfits, internationalizing Kashmir issue and gaining a footage for any future dialogue.. This resulted in Kargil War. India even prepared itself for a major war with Pakistan. Pakistan succeeded in averting war by approaching USA. USA brokered ceasefire between Pakistan and India did not last long as without wasting much time Pakistan stepped up its proxy war which has since been continuing unabated.

India was surprised in Kargil despite the fact that India knew that Pakistan had planned such an operation. It had not prepared itself for such infiltration and had not kept its proper surveillance and vigilance along the borders.

India has failed to project the Pakistan’s aggression through proxy wars at international level and has not trained itself to fight a proxy war effectively despite over 50 years experience of proxy wars by now.
India has recently termed this proxy war system as cross border terrorism, which has been easily countered by Pakistan saying that there is no border in Kashmir but a LoC.

Judging from the ongoing proxy war in J & K even after Kargil and the past pattern of wars between India and Pakistan in which each proxy war followed regular war; a more aggressive and determined limited war can still be expected

Pakistan has since been actively aiding and abetting terrorism through ISI not only in J & K but also in rest of India. It is involved in training and financing terrorist groups in the East and South India. Pakistan’s main aim is to, ‘bleed India through thousand wounds’. It has made Indian Security Forces and J & K bleed profusely. The costs of countering this proxy war have been extensive in terms of human lives, financial expenditure and loss of peace.

Pakistan has continuously stepped up its propaganda. Any minor event in Kashmir valley is highlighted on Pakistan TV. 50% footage on Pakistan TV is of this proxy war; the riots, strikes, killings, firing etc. It has also been propagating that India is not meeting the commitment of bilateral negotiations. India has not been reacting as needed and kept on harping that India will enter into negotiations with Pakistan if Pakistan stopped cross border terrorism. It however, has not done anything worthwhile to highlight Pakistan’s proxy war against India. It tried to speak to the people of J & K. It even tried to have talks with Pakistani sponsored and funded Hurriyat, an umbrella organization of various terrorist groups. As the talks did not materialize India thought of the opportunity offered by Pakistan for talks. Accordingly in July 2001, Pakistani Chief Executive was invited to India.

This helped General Musharraf to consolidate his position and to become President of Pakistan the position only India legitimized under prevailing circumstances. General Musharraf came with a set one-point agenda i.e., Kashmir. Despite of India having declared J & K as an integral part of India, and to enter into dialogue only if terrorism from across the border was stopped, India agreed to enter into negotiations with Pakistan on issues including J & K. This not only vindicated Pakistan’s stand that Kashmir is an issue but also negated the earlier stands taken by India that J & K is not a disputed territory and its merger non-negotiable.

Talks with Pakistan failed but Gen Musharraf used the media extensively and effectively in India and Pakistan to highlight Pakistan’s view point that Kashmir is a disputed territory. Neither cross border terrorism no proxy war waged by Pakistan was adequately highlighted by India.

If the history of J & K is analyzed following facts emerge prominently:

Kashmir has been ruled by Indian Hindu Kings for over 4000 years and by invading Muslim rulers for about 450 Years.
Islam was introduced in Kashmir through forcible conversion of Hindus.
Islam is not the only religion in Kashmir; other religions include Hindus, Sikhs and Buddhists.
Punjabi/Dogri is the predominant language; Dardi, Kashmiri and Ladakhi follow.
Basic culture of J & K people remains Indian.

After partition of India in 1947, Kashmir Government and Indian Government reached a proper agreement for merger of J & K with India. Pakistan started a proxy war in J & K in 1947 in a well-planned manner to grab it; through the Qabailies; assisted, directed and controlled by regular Pakistan Army. This proxy war resulted in a war by November 1947 between India and Pakistan and continued till 1948. A UNO brokered agreement did not materialize as Pakistan did not meet its commitment of withdrawing forces and tribals from J & K.

Pakistan waged proxy wars again in 1965, and 1988 against India; All these proxy wars culminated into regular wars. ‘Op Tupac’ planned by Gen. Zia has been religiously followed by Pakistan Government. Kargil appeared to be the last phase of the operation i.e., the limited war.

India was surprised in Kargil despite the fact that India knew that Pakistan had planned such an operation. It had not prepared for such infiltration and had not kept its proper surveillance and vigilance along the borders.
India has failed to project the Pakistan’s aggression through proxy wars at international level and has not trained itself to fight a proxy war effectively despite over 50 years experience of proxy wars by now.
India has recently termed this proxy war system as cross border terrorism, which has been easily countered by Pakistan saying that there is no border in Kashmir but an LoC.
Judging from the ongoing proxy war in J & K even after Kargil and the past pattern of wars between India and Pakistan in which each proxy war followed regular war; a more aggressive and determined limited war can still be expected.​

Geography
1753787973064.png

The Land. More than 90% of Jammu & Kashmir State is mountainous. The physiography of the territory as a whole is divided into seven zones that are closely associated with the structural components of the western Himalayas. From south-west to north-east these zones consist of the low-lying Jammu and Punch plains, the thickly forested (coniferous) Himalayan foothills (2000 to 7000 feet or 600 to 2100 m), the Pir heavily glaciated Panjal Range (average12500 feet or 3350 m), the Valley of Kashmir at an elevation of 5,300 feet or 1,600m, the complex central Great Himalayas ranges (more than 20,000 ft or 6,100m), the upper Indus Valley (11,000 feet or 3,350 m), the Ladakh plateau and the Karakoram Range.( more than 25,000 feet or 7,600m). The Indus, Jhelum, Chenab and Tawi are the major rivers and Dal and Wular are the major lakes. The climate varies from alpine in the northeast to subtropical to the southwest. Annual average precipitation ranges from 3 inches (75cm) in the north to 45 inches (1,150 cm) in the south-west.

The plains. The narrow zone of plains country in the Jammu region is characterized by interlocking sandy alluvial fans that have been deposited by streams discharging from the foothills and by a much-dissected pediment (eroded bedrock surface) covered by loams and losses (wind-deposited silt) of the Pleistocene Epoch (i.e., those about 10,000 to 1,600,000 years old). Rainfall is low, amounting to about 15 or 20 inches (380 to 500 millimeters) a year, and it occurs mainly in the form of heavy but infrequent rain showers in the summer (June of September), when the monsoon winds blow. The countryside has been almost entirely denuded of trees, and thorn scrub and co{censored} grass and the dominant forms of vegetation.

The Foothills. The foothills of the Himalayas, rising from 2,000 to 7000 feet (610 to 2,134 meters), form outer and inner zones. The outer zone consists of sandstones, clays, silts and conglomerates, influenced by Himalayan folding movements and eroded to form long ridges and valley (dunes). The inner zone consists of more massive sedimentary rock, including red sandstones of the Miocene Epoch (about 5.3 to 23.7 million years old) that has been folded, fractured, and eroded to form steep spurs and plateau remnants. River valleys are deeply incised and terraced, and faulting has produced a number of alluvium-filled basins, such as those of Udhampur and Punch. Rainfall increases with elevation, and the lower scrubland gives way to pine forests at higher altitudes.

The Pir Panjal Range. The Pir Panjal Range constitutes the first mountain rampart associated with the Himalayas. It has an average crest line of 12,500 feet, with individual peaks, rising to 15,000 feet. Consisting of an ancient rock core of granites, gneisses, quartz rocks, and slates, it has been subject to considerable uplift and fracturing and was heavily glaciated during the Pleistocene Epoch. The range receives considerable precipitation in the forms of winter snowfall and summer rain and has extensive areas of pasture above the tree line.

The Valley. The Valley of Kashmir is a deep, asymmetrical basin lying between the Pir Panjal and the western end of the Great Himalayas ranges at an average altitude of 5,300 feet. During the Pleistocene it was occupied at times by a lake, known as Lake Karewa, and is now filled by lacustrine sediments and alluvium deposited by the upper Jhelum River. Soil and water conditions vary considerably. The climate is characterized by an annual rainfall of about 30 inches, some of which is derived from the summer monsoon winds and some from winds associated with winter low-pressure systems. Snowfall often is with rain and sleet: Temperature is considerably modified by altitude; at Srinagar average minimum temperatures of about 28 F9-2 C occur in January and average maximum temperatures of 88 F (31 C) in July. Up to 7,000 feet, woodlands of deodar cedar, blue pine, walnut, willow, elm, and poplar occur: from 7,000 to 10,5000 feet coniferous forests with fir, pine, and spruce are found; from 10,5000 to 12,000 feet birch is dominate: and above 12,000 feet there are meadows with rhododendrons and dwarf willows as well as honeysuckle.
The Great Himalayas zone. Geologically complex and topographically immense, the Great Himalayas contain ranges reaching more than 20,000 feet in altitude and deeply entrenched, remote valleys. The region was heavily glaciated in the Pleistocene, and remnant glaciers and snowfields are still present. The zone receives some rain from the south-west monsoon winds in the summer months- and the lower slopes are forested-but the mountains constitute a climatic divide, representing a transition from the monsoon climate of the Indian sub-continent to the dry, continental climate of Central Asia.

The Upper Indus Valley: Valley of the Upper Indus River is a well-defined feature that follows the geological strike (structural trend) westward from the Tibetan border to the point in the Pakistani sector where it rounds the great mountainous mass of Nanga Parbat to run southward in deep gorges cut across the strike. In its upper reaches the river is flanked by gravel terraces, each tributary builds an alluvial fan out into the main valley. The town of Leh in the Indian sector stands on such a fan, 11,500 feet above sea level, with a climate characterized by almost total lack of rainfall, intense insolation (exposure to the Sun’s rays), and great diurnal and annual ranges of temperature. Life depends on melt water from the surrounding mountains, and vegetation is Alpine (i.e., above the limit of tree growth), growing on thin soils.

The Karakoram Range. The great granite-gneiss massifs of the Karakorum which straddle the Indian and Pakistani sectors, contain some of the world’s highest peaks, including K2, with an altitude of 28251 feet (8,611 meters); at least 30 other peaks exceed 24,000 feet. The range, which is still heavily glaciated, rises starkly from dry, desolate plateaus characterized by extremes of temperature and shattered rock debris. The Karakoram region is aptly named the “roof of the world.”

Siachen Glacier : The Siachen (the place of roses) glacier, 72 km, in the East Karakoram is one of the longest glaciers in the Himalaya and Karakoram. It has number of peaks, side valleys and at its head lies the Indira Col, the divide between South and Central Asia. The Nubra River drains the glacier and ultimately joins the Shayok river near Khaksar. On the west lies the West Karakoram (now under Pakistani control) and towards the east is the Shayok basin, forming the border with China. The northern slopes of the Indira Ridge leads to the Shaksgam valley.

Political Divisions

Jammu & Kashmir is situated in the northern part of the Indian subcontinent, in the vicinity of the Western Himalayan mountain ranges. Formerly one of the largest princely state of India, it is bounded on the north-east by the Uyghur Autonomous Region of Sinkiang and Tibet (The Tibet Autonomous Region) in China, on the south by Indian state of Himachal Pradesh and Punjab and on the north-west and west by a Pakistani-Occupied portion of the territory marked by Line of Control which has remained a flash point ever since the independence of India.​
1753788269696.png

As Jammu & Kashmir’s boundary has been a subject of regular change, it is important to know the events leading to these changes in brief and then to describe the actual geography of the state.

Kashmir originally consisted of the northern top of undivided India, between Russia in the North, China in northeast, Tibet in East, Punjab in the South and West and Afghanistan in the northwest. In 1947 when India was divided into the present Indian and Pakistan states, the erstwhile princely states were asked to decide as to which state they would join. Kashmir was then ruled by Maharaja Hari Singh. As the Maharaja remained undecided, Pakistan planned to capture it by force. It sent its forces under the guise of Qabailies who occupied northeastern parts of Kashmir and then descended onto Srinagar. Having seen the imminent danger of forceful occupation of Kashmir by Pakistan, Maharaja Hari Singh agreed to accede Kashmir to India. On his immediate request Indian forces were dispatched to Kashmir, who valiantly fought and recovered most of the area from these invaders.

Meanwhile the Indian Prime Minister also appealed to U.N.O. for vacation of Kashmir from Pakistani Forces. The war between the two countries halted through a UNO brokered peace talk and the occupation of the occupied areas remained with Pakistan temporarily through a line of control popularly known as LoC, till a decision was reached.​

In undivided India, Kashmir included the following important divisions: Kashmir valley, Jammu, Ladakh, Baltistan & Gilgit Agency

The last division and some portions of Kashmir valley still remain with Pakistan while the remaining Kashmir Valley, Jammu and Leh are with India. All these five regions are of heterogeneous character having varied culture, religions and languages. The northern part has high mountain ranges with heights varying from 3000 to 6000 meters.​

SOCIO-CULTURE

The People: Population of J & K is 7, 718,700 as per 1991 census and less than 1% of India’s total population. The sex ratio is 923 females against 1000 men and the density is 76 men per sq. km. The people in Kashmir can be divided into four religious groups, Muslims (2/3rd) in Kashmir valley, Buddhists in Leh-Ladakh region and Dogra Hindus (30%) in Jammu region with a sprinkling of Sikhs in Kashmir valley and Jammu areas. King Ashoka introduced Buddhism (c.265-238 BC) in the region. Hinduism replaced Buddhism gradually. A succession of Hindu dynasties ruled over Kashmir until 1346 AD when it came under the Muslim rule From the 9th to the 12th century AD, the region appears to have achieved considerable prominence as a center of Hindu culture. It was brought under the Muslim rule in the 14th century, and it remained so for some five centuries until Sikh and then Dogra (hill Rajput) rulers assumed control in the 19th Century; it was annexed to the Sikh kingdom of the Punjab in 1819 and to the Dogra kingdom of Jammu in 1846. The (Hindu) Dogra dynasty ruled the region until 1947, when British India was partitioned into India and Pakistan. Urdu, Kashmir and Dogri are the official languages of Kashmir. Kashmiri, Dogri, Gojri, Punjabi, Urdu, Balti, Dardi, Pahari and Ladakhi are the languages spoken in different parts of J & K.

Education is free at all levels. Literacy rates, particularly in Ladakh, are lower than the national average. The two major institutes of higher education are, the University of Kashmir at Srinagar and the University of Jammu at Jammu, both founded in 1969. Medical services are provided by hospitals and dispensaries scattered throughout the state. There is somewhat lesser accessibility to health care in Ladakh, Influenza; respiratory ailments such as asthma, and dysentery are common health problems. Cardiovascular diseases, cancers, and tuberculosis are on the increase in the Valley of Kashmir.

People are primarily settled in village hutments alongside rivers for water and communication requirements and at the hilltops for security reasons. Srinagar in Kashmir valley and Jammu in Dogra region are the two major towns of the state with Leh in Ladakh developing into a township.

Rural settlements: Physiographic diversity is matched by the considerable variety of human occupation in the territory. In the plains and foothills, agricultural settlements have resulted from colonization movements from the Punjab region extending over a long period; both the people and their culture are similar to those of adjacent parts of the Punjab and other lowlands to the west. Where alluvial soils and the availability of water for irrigation make agriculture possible in the duns and lower valleys, the population is sustained by crops of wheat and barley, which are gathered in the spring (rabi) harvest, and of rice and corn (maize) gathered in the late summer (Kharif) harvest, as well as by keeping livestock. The upper sections of the valleys support a sp{censored}r population that depends on a mixed economy of corn, cattle, and forestry; seasonal migration to higher pastures in the spring is necessary for the production of milk and clarified butter, or ghee, or southern lowland markets. In winter the hill dwellers return to lower areas to work in government-owned forests and timber mills. Agricultural hamlets and nucleated villages predominate, and towns such as Jammu and Udhampur function essentially as market centres and administrative headquarters for the rural populations and estates in the vicinity.

The Jammu region:- Jammu, winter capital of the maharajas and second-largest city of the Indian sector, was traditionally the seat of Dogra power. Of the total population of Jammu, more than two-thirds are classed as Hindus; of these the greater part live in the southestern portion of the region. Culturally, ethnically, and linguistically, they are closely related to the Punjabi-speaking peoples in Punjab State (India), many speaking the Dogri language. The majority of the Sikhs also live in the Jammu region. To the northwest, however, the proportion of Muslims increases, with Muslims constituting a dominant majority in the area around the western town of Punch.

Kashmiris of the Valley and Highlands. The Valley of Kashmir with its surrounding highland (Kashmir proper) has always retained something of its own individuality. The vast majority of the people are Muslim; culturally and ethnically, the closest links are with peoples in the northwestern highlands of the Gilgit district in the Pakistani sector. The Kashmiri language is influenced by Sanskrit and belongs to the Dardic branch of Indo-Aryan languages also spoken by the various hill tribes of Gilgit. The great majority of the population resides in the lower reaches of the Valley. Srinagar, Jammu & Kashmir’s largest city is located on the Jhelum River.

Ladakh. The Great Himalayas are an ethnic and cultural, as well as physical, divide. Ladakh (sometimes called “Little Tibet”), to the northeast, is thinly populated. To the east, around Leh, the inhabitants are predominantly Buddhists of Tibetan ancestry and language (Ladakhi). In the region around Kargil to the west, however, the population is predominantly Muslim, most belonging to the Shi’ite branch of Islam.

Pakistan Occupied Kashmir (PoK) is a quasi-state in the Pakistani-occupied sector of Jammu and Kashmir, in the northwestern part of the Indian subcontinent. PoK is neither a province nor an agency of Pakistan but has a government of its own that is regarded by Pakistan as “independent,” even though it is protected by and economically and administratively linked to Pakistan. The Pakistani Supreme Court in early September was constrained to note the denial of the basic human right to these people to affect their own representatives. It has approximately 650 square miles (1,680 square km) area and consists of an area shaped stretch of territory bordering the India’s Jammu and Kashmir on the east, the Pakistani states of Punjab on the south and southwest and North-West Frontier Province on the west, and the Gilgit and Baltistan agencies of Pakistan on the north.

Northern Pakistan occupied Kashmir comprises foothills of the Himalayas rising to Jamgarh peak (15,531 feet [4,734 m); south of this are the north-western reaches of the Pir Panjal Range, which has an average crest line of 12,500 feet (3,800 m). The Jhelum River and its upper tributaries, including the Punch River, have cut deeply incised and terraced valleys through these mountain ranges; the Jhelum also constitutes most of the western boundary of PoK. The southern part of the territory consists of a narrow zone of plains' country in the Punch region that is characterized by interlocking sandy alluvial fans. Thorn scrub and co{censored} grass are the dominant forms of vegetation in the south: this scrubland gives way to pine forests at higher elevations in the north.

Wheat, barley, corn (maize), millet, and livestock are raised in the lower valleys and support relatively high population densities. In the more sp{censored}ly settled upper valleys, corn, cattle, and forestry are the economic mainstays. There are deposits of marble near Muzaffarabad and Mirpur, graphite at Mohriwali, and other reserves of bauxite, silica, chalk and low-grade coal; Household industries produce carved wooden objects, textiles, and durries carpets. The government of PoK has its headquarters at Muzaffarabad, which is linked by road with Abbottabad to the Southwest. Mirpur is the major town in the southern part of the territory.[4]

Administration and Social Conditions: Before its division, the territory as a whole was composed of the provinces of Jammu, Kashmir, and the border states-Ladakh, Baltistan, and the Gilgit Agency. The districts of Muzaffarabad, Kotli, and Mirpur, as well as part of Punch, now form the state of Pakistan Occupied Kashmir (PoK), while Baltistan, Astor, and the Gilgit Agency now constitute the Northern Areas-all of this area in the Pakistani-controlled sector. The districts of Ladakh (Leh), Anantnag, Baramulla, Srinagar, Pulwama, Badgam, Kupwara, and Kargil in Srinagar province and the districts of Jammu, Mathua, Udhampur, Rajauri, Doda, and part of Punch of Jammu province form the Indian-held sector and are represented in the Indian Parliament as the state of Jammu and Kashmir. Srinagar is the summer capital while Jammu is the winter capital of the state. The state is distributed in 14 districts.

Analysis: Considering Geography, political divisions and socio-culture of J & K we find that: J & K consists of Jammu, Kashmir, Ladakh, Baltistan and Gilgit Agency. Kashmir valley is a very small part of J & K. Any matter relating to J & K has to be discussed in its entirety and not in parts e.g., Kashmir valley which is just a small part. When we say Kashmir it is actually J & K and not Kashmir valley alone. Maharaj Hari Singh ceded J & K to India.

J & K population consists of Muslims of all faiths, Hindus, Sikhs, Buddhist and some sprinkling of Christians. As per 1941 census of the state after Muslims come Hindus & Sikhs in nearly equal numbers. To regard Kashmir valley Muslims as the true representatives of J & K will be gross misrepresentation of the population. Ladakhi, Gilgit and Jammu Muslims do not have commonalities and have differences in faiths as well.

To declare Kashmir as a Muslim state will be a gross injustice to the people of J & K who belong to all faiths and have been living amicably and cordially till the problems of terrorism & proxy war was imposed by Pakistan in J & K. The responsibility of a government is to grant equal rights to all citizens. But the experience in almost all Muslim states has shown that other communities are not granted equal right as is the case of Pakistan, Afghanistan and Gulf Countries. In Afghanistan

the destruction of ancient Buddhist monuments and imposing identity symbols on Hindus are gross violation of the law of equity and justice.

The culture of J & K has deep roots in Indian culture; the languages close to Indian languages and the area geographically meshed in northern part of India. To take a part say Kashmir valley breaks the contiguity of the area.

Economy

Jammu & Kashmir’s per capita state domestic product at current prices is Rs 3,420. It has road length of 14,429 km. and a rail route of 77 km. The majority of the population pursues subsistence agriculture and grows rice, corn (maize) wheat, barley, pulses, oilseeds and tobacco on terraced slopes. In the valley of Kashmir large orchards produce apples, pears, perches, mulberries, walnuts and almonds. Saffron is produced only in Kashmir in the entire subcontinent.

Resources and Agriculture: - The territory has limited mineral and fossil fuel resources, much of it being concentrated in the Jammu region. Small reserves of natural gas are fond near Jammu, and bauxite and gypsum deposits occur in the Udhampur district. Other minerals include limestone, coal, zinc and copper.

Occupation: - The majority of the Kashmiri population is occupied in agriculture of diverse kinds, each adapted to local conditions. Rice, the staple crop, is planted in May and harvested in late September. Corn, millet, pulses (legumes such as peas, beans, and lentils), cotton, and tobacco are- with rice- the main summer crops, while wheat and barley are the chief spring crops. Many temperate fruits and vegetables are grown in areas adjacent to urban markets or in well-watered area with rich organic soils. In the Valley of Kashmir large orchards produce apples, pears, peaches, walnuts, almonds, and cherries. The Valley of Kashmir is the sole producer of saffron in the Indian subcontinent. Lake margins are particularly favoured, and intensive cultivation of vegetables and flowers is practised in reclaimed marshland or on artificial floating gardens. The pressure of population on land is everywhere apparent, and all available resources are utilized. The lakes and rivers provide fish, water chestnuts, hydroelectric power, and transport and are a tourist attraction. The mountains supply many kinds of timber and pasture for sheep and dairy cattle.

Cultivation in Ladakh is restricted to such main valley as those of the Indus, Shayok, and Suru rivers, where it consists of small-irrigated plots of barley, buckwheat, turnips, and mustard. Plants introduced in the 1970s by Indian researchers have given rise to orchards and vegetable fields. Pastoralism-notably yak herding-long has been a vital feature of the Ladakh economy” ; sheep and goat farming, as well as cattle breeding, have been encouraged. The Kashmir goat, which is raised in the region, provides cashmere (also called pashmina) for the production of fine textiles.

Animal life: Wild animals include the Siberian ibex, the Ladakh urial (a species of wild sheep with a reddish coat), the rare hangul (or Kashmir stag) found in Dachigam National Park, black and brown bears, and many game birds, including vast numbers of migratory ducks.

Trade and Industry: All the principal towns, including Leh, and a majority of the villages are electrified, and hydroelectric and thermal generating plants have been constructed to provide power for industrial developing based on local raw materials. Major power stations are at Chineni and Salal and on the upper Sind and lower Jhelum rivers. Land reforms have been undertaken, grain production increased, and the quantity of major exports-timber, fruits and dry nuts, and handicraft products- vastly expanded since 1947. Metal-ware, precision instruments, sporting goods, furniture, embroidery, matches, and resin and turpentine are the major industrial products of the state.

Srinagar possesses many specialized agricultural markets, retail shopping centres, and associated industries. The industries have developed from rural crafts and include handloom weaving of local silk, cotton, and wool, carpet weaving, wood-carving, and leather work. Such industries, together with silverwork and copper work and jewellery, were stimulated by the presence of the royal court and the tourist trade but also owe something to the important position achieved by Srinagar in west Himalayan trade. In the past the city acted as an entrypoint for the products of the Punjab region east of the Karakoram, Pamir, and Ladakh ranges on the other. Routes still run northwestward into Gilgit via the Raj Diangan Pass and northeastward via the Zoji Pass to Leh and beyond. Handicraft manufacture also is important in Ladakh, particularly the production of cashmere shawls, carpets, and blankets.

Transportation and Tourism: The Indian union (central) government has made a huge investment in developing highways and communications in Jammu and Kashmir. As a result of the India-Pakistan dispute over Kashmir, the route through the Jhelum valley from Srinagar to Rawalpindi (Pakistan) was blocked. This made it necessary to transform a longer and more difficult cart road through Banihal Pass into an all-weather highway in order to link Jammu with the Valley: included was the construction of the Jawahar Tunnel (1959), one of the longest in Asia. This road, however, is often made impassable by severe weather, which causes shortages of essential commodities in the Valley. A road also connects Srinagar with Kargil and Leh. Jammu is the terminus of the Northern Railway of India. Srinagar and Jammu are connected by air to Delhi and other Indian cities, and there is service between Srinagar and Leh.

Considerable improvements also have been made in facilities for tourists, although the potential is still largely untapped. Tourism has had a significant socio-economic impact on Ladakh, which was largely isolated from outsiders until the 1970s. In addition to historical and religious sites, visitor destinations include such snow-sports centres as that at Gulmarg south of Baramula in the Pir Panjal Range and the hot mineral springs at Chumathang near Leh.

The proxy war has been however very expensive for India, not only in terms of disturbed conditions, loss of valuable lives as loss of tourism and trade but also overall financial burden for managing the costly proxy war.

The Pakistan-sponsored terrorist violence has taken a toll of 9,151 civilians and 5,101 security personnel besides inflicting an estimated damage worth Rs 2,000 crore to private property.[5]

Political situation

The state of Jammu and Kashmir retains a special status within the union government: the rest of the states follow the Indian constitution, but Jammu and Kashmir has its own constitution (adopted in 1956) that affirms the integrity of the state within the Republic of India. The union government has direct legislative powers in matters of defence, foreign policy, and communications within the state and has indirect influence in matters of citizenship, Supreme Court jurisdiction, and emergency powers.

Under the constitution of Jammu and Kashmir, the President of India appoints the governor of the state. Executive power rests in the elected chief minister and the council of ministers. The legislature consists of two houses: the Legislative Assembly (Vidhan Sabha) of 77 members, representing constituencies: and the Legislative Council (Vidhan Parishad) of 36 members. The state directly sends four elected representatives to the Lok Sabha and two members, elected by the combined Legislative Assembly and Council, to the Rajya Sabha of the Indian Parliament. The High Court consists of a chief justice and two or more other judges, who are appointed by the president of India.

After the initial bungling, in the 50s, India took up a resolute stand on the Kashmir issue, making it absolutely clear that the solution of the problem lay in Pakistan vacating the territory it had illegally occupied. The Indian delegate at the United Nations went even a step further when he exposed the vested interest the West had in keeping the Kashmir issue alive. “Kashmir is a cold war issue; it is part of the desire to forge a ring around the Soviet Union, part of the policy of what is called “containment”.

To a large extent, so-called Kashmir problem has been exacerbated by the open partisanship shown by the West, more particularly, Britain and United States towards Pakistan within the United Nations and outside. USA even went a step further by turning a deaf ear to India’s steady complaint right from 1989 over Pakistan’s systematic attempts to create a reign of terror in the valley by promoting militant outfits from across the border who indulged in kidnapping and carnage. It began with the kidnapping of the daughter of India’s then Home Minister Mufti Mohd. Sayeed followed by selective killings, disrespect to the Indian tri-color, the flight from the Valley of the Pandit community, bomb explosions, storming of mosques and other places of worship, killing of our security personnel, attacks on media-persons, etc. None knows the fate of the Western tourists kidnapped a few years ago, though the decapitated body of one tourist was found in between. Terrorism robbed Kashmir of its earnings through inland and international tourism.

American Interests: Hopes of a resolution of the question of Jammu and Kashmir’s status virtually receded from the world’s collective consciousness for two decades. But Pakistan’s emergence as a key front in the U.S. assault on Soviet influence in Afghanistan changed that situation. By the mid-1980s, Pakistan was working on Operation Tupac, a revised version of its 1947 and 1965 enterprises, this time built around a sustained low-intensity conflict in Kashmir followed by a mass uprising.

If only any historian delves into the history of the Indian subcontinent, he would discover that Pakistan became a “terrorist” state not in 1989, but way back as early as 1947, the year a state based on the concept of a state religion was born as India’s neighbor. To a large extent the East, more particularly USA, has helped Pakistan become, a terrorist State by pampering it politically and militarily right from the beginning. So much so, now that the Kargil conflict seems to be escalating day by day, the “irresponsible” (a phrase used by the G-8 summit in Cologne) Pakistani leadership is even talking of pressing the nuclear button as an ultimate weapon in its insidious attempt to ‘internationalize’ the so-called Kashmir issue. Be it in 1947 or 1965 or 1971 or 1989 (when Pakistan launched its proxy war or its trans-border terrorism) or right now in 1999, it was and is Pakistan that created the Kashmir problem.

The U.S is not an honest broker in the process of peace. If Balkanization was a bad word until recently, Madeline Albright and the U.S. Department of State seemed to have adjudged it to be a worthwhile strategy in the Balkans itself. Now Bush has compared Kashmir to Kosovo in his recent statement. USA always propagated Kashmir as a disputed territory and freedom and self determination as the solutions; the version of Pakistan stand. The Pakistanis and the Pakistan- trained militants are perhaps cheered by the U.S. stand on Kosovo (and the U.S. fraternization with the Kosovo Liberation Army). Both should read the preface to Noam Chomsky’s recently republished Fateful Triangle: The United States, Israel and the Palestinians, in which he reports on the fate of the Kurds and Iraqi Shias. In order to isolate Iran, the U.S. will ensure that the Shia people of southern Iraq and the Kurds are not allowed to create homelands. In Kosovo, however, the U.S. enacts the principal of self-determination, perhaps in order to ensure the eastward expansion of its power through a refurbished North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO). Self-determination, in U.S. eyes, is only acceptable if it accords with the overall strategic objectives of the U.S.

If U.S. Deputy Assistant Secretary of State Gibson Lanpher and others seemed to speak for India now, U.S. officials seemed equally eager to keep the pot of Kashmir on the boil in order to facilitate an active U.S. entry into matters of state in South Asia. Bush taking a cue from his previous administration is further disturbing. Even though India negated that the talks with Musharraf were under no duress from USA, the facts speak otherwise. Even President Musharraf stated this before the Agra summit. The pressure of USA on India is thus a disturbing; India must not bow to balkanization.

Chinese interest. The conflicts within the state were heightened by tensions at the periphery between China and India. After the Chinese communist conquest of Tibet and the resurgence of Chinese power in Sinkiang, Chinese forces penetrated into the north-eastern parts of Ladakh; by 1956-57 they had completed a military road through Aksai Chin to provide better communication between Sinkiang and western Tibet. The belated discovery of the existence of this road by Indian patrols led to border clashes that culminated in the Sino-Indian war in October 1962. “China requested Pakistan in 1962 to settle its dispute by engaging Indian troops in Kashmir but Pakistan missed a golden chance to win a military victory” wrote Major general Rafi-ud Din a former Chief of Special Operations in the Inter Service Intelligence (ISI) who retired in 1993 wrote in The News[6] The north-eastern part of Ladakh has been occupied by China since the conflict. India refused to negotiate with China on the alignment of the Ladakhi boundary in this area, and the incident contributed significantly to the diplomatic rift between the two countries that only began to heal in the late 1980s. China was facilitated by Pakistan by giving atrategic heights in northern Kashmir and

by allowing China to build a road into Pakistan through J & K territory. This was a clear violation of all agreements reached from 1948 onwards. Pakistan had no right to gift away territory of J & K on which it had no legal jurisdiction.

In turn China helped Pakistan by providing military aid, missiles and even the know how about the atomic bomb. In addition it provided material, diplomatic and moral support to Pakistan throughout. China has thus proved to be the most trusted friend of Pakistan.

India’s stand: As far as India is concerned it has all along taken an unambiguous stand that Kashmir is as much a part of India as Tamil Nadu or Rajasthan and the so-called problem of Kashmir emanates from the invasion of a part of Kashmir by Pakistan in 1947. The problem would cease to exist the moment Pakistan vacates its aggression.

Pakistan’s Stand: Pakistan, built on the two-nation theory, argues that since the majority of the population of Kashmir is Muslim, it should belong to Pakistan. A pluralistic society like India which is home to many religions and languages, does not accept the concept of a state based on religion. Political analysts contend that a “fundamentalist” state like Pakistan that has fanned the flames of communal divide and has fostered the Taliban movement- an obscurantist crusade that has stifled basic human freedoms in Afghanistan at the behest of its Pakistani godfather - would have invented some other genie to harass India even if there were no Kashmir.
At the signing of the Simla Agreement on July 2, 1972, India wanted the Kashmir issue to be settled first. Pakistan Prime Minister Zulfikar Ali Butto appealed that the Kashmir issue not be treated as the core one after Pakistan's military defeat in the 1971 war. Three decades later, General Parvez Musharraf called Kashmir the core issue. Prime Minister Vajpayee is willing to discuss Kashmir, but as part of a composite dialogue.
At the time of the Vajpayee-Musharraf summit on July 15, in Agra, both countries had diametrically opposite views on the Kashmir issue.
Positions on Kashmir

INDIA
  • Does not consider the Kashmir issue a dispute. Insists that Pakistan give back PoK under its control. It considers cross border terrorism as the key issue and asks Pakistan to stop it before any meaningful dialogue.
  • India says that the UN resolutions are no longer applicable. This position has been supported by UN Secretary General Kofi Anan.
  • India is willing to discuss Kashmir in a bilateral mode with Pakistan under the Simla Agreement.
  • According to India, Kashmir can be talked about only as part of a composite dialogue covering a range of issues like Siachen, terrorism, Sir Creek, Wular Barrage, etc. The framework for such composite talks is already in existence.
  • India wants the Line of Control in Kashmir to be made a line of peace and tranquillity. This means that Pakistan stop its cross-border terrorism.
  • Sees Pakistan's offer of a no-war pact meaningless, considering it is materially supporting a low-intensity war in Kashmir.
PAKISTAN
  • Wants India to acknowledge that the Kashmir issue is a dispute. Desires that the dispute be settled under the 1948 and 1949 UN resolutions. It denies its role in cross border terrorism. It also denies the role of ISI in any of the operation in India.
  • Pakistan wants that if a plebiscite under the UN resolutions is not acceptable, then the people of Kashmir (Valley) be granted the right to self-determination.
  • Pakistan's position is opportunist. Its stand that the Hurriyat, which claims to represent the people of Kashmir, be included as a third party in talks is equivocal.
  • Wants to discuss Kashmir dispute as the core issue. After pressure from the international community it has relented to fall in line with India's proposal of a composite dialogue. Gen. Musharraf still maintains that no dialodue can be started without it
  • Claims that the terrorists are not under its control. In a cleaver ploy it has suggested that international observers be deputed to assess its position on the LoC.
  • Desires a no-war pact because it fears that India's threshold of tolerance may snap, leading to an all-out war.

The rise of terrorism in 1989 put an effective end to India-Pakistan bilateral initiative. Prime Minister I.K.Gujral and Nawaz Sharif sought to revive a process of dialogue, but their initiative proved of limited utility owing to a variety of reasons. What shape future dialogue on Jammu and Kashmir will take is far from clear. [7]
The current crisis has less to do with the accession of 1948 and far more to do with events that began in the early 1980s. Sheikh Mohammed Abdullah died on September 8,1982, an incident that put into disarray the mild form of stability constitute by the skill of the Sheikh and the relatively careful governance from Delhi. This history can be developed with the four ages which originated in the political venality both of Indira Gandhi’s Congress and of Farooq Abdullah’s National Conference (1983-88) created the upsurge of young Kashmiris for azaadi manifested in the Jammu and Kashmir Liberation Front (1998-91); Pakistan’s usurpation of the revolt through the offices of the Hizbul Mujahideen and other Pakistan-oriented organisations (1991-93) and then into a proxy war fought by Pakistan through its ISI-trained mayhem Mujahideen (foreign, mainly Afghan, mercenaries) and the Indian forces. The Pakistani bombardment of Kargil, which began in April 1997, falls into this fourth phase.

Evidence of the “present ness” of the conflict can be seen in the emboldened Pakistani ISI and in the rise of the Hindu Right in India. If the ISI sent a group of rag-rag fighters into Kashmir in 1948 and 1965, by the late 1980s it was a very different outfit. “Steeled by the Afghan war,” the ISI systematically planned for action in Kashmir from 1984. It trained those opposed to India and allowed the insurgency “in Kashmir to ripen so that the fruit would fall of its own accord into Pakistani laps” [8]. In February 1990, Gulbuddin Hekmatyar, the Afghan militant, told a crowd at Peshawar that India in Kashmir might face the same fate as the Soviets in his native land.[9]. The confidence of the Afghan campaign provided the ISI with personnel and prestige for its Kashmir intrigues.

Simultaneously, the rise of the Hindu Right in India alienated many Kashmiri Muslims from what some militants, following Jamaat founder Maulana Mehdhoodi, called the “Theo democracy” of India. The Vishwa Hindu Parishad’s Shilanyas campaign of 1989, L.K. Advani’s Rath Yatra of 1991, Murli Manohar Joshi’s Ekta Yatra of late 1991, and the demolition of the Babri Masjid in 1992 all contributed to the growth of militancy in Kashmir. “When the band of fellow travelers and fanatics reached Delhi,” Joshi writes of the BJP cadres, “it became clear that instead of uniting the country, the Ekta Yatra had succeeded in uniting the militants in the valley”[10]. The strengthened resolve of the militants provided the ISI with a vast opening for its infiltrators. The shenanigans of the Sangh Parivar and the ruthlessness of the ISI came together to foment the present fierce crisis.

In this conflict, over 20,000 people have died and a vast number has been affected in myriad ways. “Kashmiris are paying the highest price in this conflict, caught between the grindstones of the Pakistani Mujahideen and the Indian security forces”[11] As with conflicts in Punjab and elsewhere, the gun became the arbiter of political differences. Kashmiri militants wielded the gun to kill their opponents and become the sole political agency in the region; the marginal Jamaat, for instance, emerged as a player in Kashmir “courtesy of the gunmen of the Hizbul Mujahideen”[12]. The Border Security Force (BSF), the Central Reserve Police Force (CRPF) and the Army took charge of operations as the civilians found negotiations faltering. “Excessive force” became the normal principle of the men with the guns. In this scenario, those politicians eager for a solution without weapons fled (with the exception of the Communist Party of India (Marxist) leader Yusuf Tarigiami and Mohammed Shaffi Bhat[13]. The militarization of the conflict provides no avenue for a solution.

Only plausible solution to the imbroglio is for the Indian Government to win “back the hearts and minds of the Kashmiri Muslims in the valley”[14]. The current caretaker government seems to be unprepared ideologically and institutionally for such an endeavor. Unable to engage a “swadeshi” foreign policy, the BJP looks toward the United States for salvation from a dilemma that neither of them can fathom.

The kidnapping of Dr. Rubaiya Sayeed (daughter of Mufti Mohammed Sayeed), the Hazratbal stand-off of 1993, the destruction of Charar-e-Sharief, the Doda fracas, and the beheading of tourists are important events of the recent past. The ISI encouraged the creation of many groups rather than one united front principally because it wished to make counter-insurgency all the more difficult to handle for the Indian security forces. If one group was destroyed, this did not mean that the entire panoply of pro-Pakistan militants would be put into danger. A detailed account of the Lashkar-e-Taiba would have been useful, given Ahmed Rashid’s revelations that the group has infiltrated the highest echelons of the Pakistani Army. The Dukhtaran-e-Millat, the women’s wing of the Jamaat, which was formed in 1987 and which emerged in force after the Chhanpora rape of March 1990[15].

Just as Pakistan cannot be trusted, India has to take with a pinch of salt the superficial American concern about Pakistan’s responsibility in creating the latest crisis. The slight tilt towards India is more tactical and expedient; in case India is compelled to cross the LoC to wipe out the intruders, there is every possibility of USA changing its stand all on a sudden. We have on record that countries like Israel and USA have developed their own code of taking on the enemy and they would do anything to destroy the enemy at a place of their choice. Several years ago Israel chose to destroy Iraq’s nuclear reactor to prevent an Arab nation from becoming nuclear. For long Israel has been calling the shots in Lebanon. Likewise, USA stormed a Sudanese chemical factory and the hideout of Bin Laden in Afghanistan-Pakistan sector when American embassies in two African countries were razed to the ground by alleged Arab terrorists. But what is good for USA and Israel my not be considered appropriate for India. Here is Pakistan that has not only violated the LoC, but threatens nuclear strike against India if India refuses to resolve the Kashmir issue. And the American army chief discusses a proposal to provide a “safe corridor” for the intruders. And what on earth is the compensation that can never be paid for the immense sacrifices made by our soldiers to defend our nation.

“The recent military action should be seen as part of a continuing pattern of Pakistani involvement in J & K since 1989. One phase of involvement reached its peak in the early part of 1990, but this was contained soon after. The second phase started in 1992, when Pakistan began to push in different terrorist groups such as the Lashkar-e-Toiba or the Harkat-uI-Ansar”.

The Prime Minister said this phase reached its peak in the period 1993-95 and was focused in the valley and once India succeeded in containing this, the action moved to other parts of J & K, particularly in selected districts of Jammu and in the regions adjoining the Line of Control.

The Prime Minister described the current infiltration as qualitatively new as their numbers were higher. Further, this time they were holding territory rather than seeking to infiltrate into the valley or other parts of Kashmir.

He said this was also the first time that Pakistan was holding out a military change to the Shimla agreement by seeking to alter the Line of Control.

Talking about the constraints faced by India, Mr. Vajpayee said the terrain gave them significant military advantage, since they were entrenched along the ridges in a 140 km stretch, from Mushkoh valley and Dras in the west to Batalik and Turtak in the east. The initial ground action, therefore, was slow and costly in casualties. This is why we decided to bring in air power to pound the armed intruders. We are satisfied with the progress made so far. I am sure all of you will join me in applauding the performance of our armed forces that have already brought us significant success, he told the leaders of different political parties. The Tribune, June 29, 199

After three elections in two years the Kashmir Valley today bears all the attributes of normalcy. Schools opened in the middle of March after the long winter recess. Towns and cities witness the hustle and bustle of daily routine. Rural areas today are largely free of 'cordon and search'. Electricity is available throughout the Valley after the Uri Hydel-project went on stream. The Charar-e- Sharief shrine of the Sufi patron saint of the Valley, destroyed by the militants in 1995, is under reconstruction and is likely to be completed by autumn. Cricket is played vigorously in village greens on a clear day. The winter has been comparatively mild and spring has set in early. [16]

This USA brokered temporary peace helped Pakistani troops to retrieve safely. However this never deterred Pakistan from keeping its ISI active and terrorists striking at will. The pure Pakistan outfit LeT has been even more active and so is the ISI backed Hizzub who have since continued at endless killings, without caring for human values.

There are discordant notes as well. Srinagar and some of the major towns still shut off when the Hurriyat calls for a bandh. This is not very unusual among peace loving Kashmiris, ever keen to avoid giving an excuse for unnecessary violence. Anti-militant operations are still pursued, though less frequently, in the main by the special teams of the local police and the para-military.

The peace moves by Prime Minister of India and the declaration of cease-fire and its extension from time to time has actually relieved the Kashmiri population of tensions and has started showing its active interest in genuine peace. The Indian Kashmiri insurgents have nearly stopped their activities to give the peace a chance. The insurgency is now centred on the Pakistani intruders primarily Lashkar-e-Toiba, Harkat-ul-Ansar and Jaish-e-Mohammad. Popular support to the movement has abated to a point where spontaneous acts of violence by terrorists are no longer possible. The people are both wary and full of mistrust. The militants' propaganda does not carry conviction. Press in the Valley now attempts to provide both sides of the story rather than routinely issue statements on behalf of the militants. But, acts of terrorism will not come to a sudden end, unlike in the Punjab. The local police are yet to establish themselves, although they have come a long way. The terrain allows militants a degree of freedom, as in the hills of Northeast India, which will permit them to carry on their desperate acts for some time. There is still no shortage of volunteers from the Islamic world or from Pakistan. It is true their costs have doubled. From an amount of two lakhs of Rupees for a two-year contract in the Valley, the sum is now four lakhs. Increasingly the persons are hard core serving or ex-soldiers of the armed forces from across the LOC, such as those involved in the Wandhama massacre near Ganderbal on the eve of the Republic Day. The ISI handlers today monitor their activities even more closely than before.

The Security Forces job, then, is far from over. This summer will witness a desperate attempt by Pakistan to escalate violence. Border infiltration has been substantially curbed. Foreign terrorists now enter the State through neighbouring countries and not across the LOC. Their tactics will increasingly rely on use of improvised explosive devices, acts of violence against minorities and selective and random killings of key persons. To prevent such acts will require all the skill and commitment that the security forces can muster. There can be no question of a reduction of forces for the time being. Equally, this should be a priority for the coming winter to provide them rest and respite.

It is time then to think of the next stage in Kashmir. The real solution lies in the ability of the State to provide "good governance". A phrase much overused today, but which in reality encapsulates the responsibility of the State to its citizens. It is a sad commentary that this continues to be largely absent in the Valley. There are many excuses perhaps. Most important is that the Administration has become used to non-performance and non-accountability during the long period of President's rule. Yet, the utter lack of commitment of local politicians is a cause for concern. Corruption has again reached the levels that prevailed earlier. Faith in politicians, not politics, is very low. This was reflected both in the people's generally spontaneous participation in the elections, this time with no state coercion and their strong warning to the National Conference.

There are signs of the possible emergence of a new political force in the Valley. One that is independent of the National Conference, but by no means extremist in its orientation. This was reflected in Mufti Mohammed Sayeed's success at Anantnag. Credit goes to his daughter Mehbooba, herself a state assembly member, and her dynamic mobilization of the people. This was further reflected in the near success of Muzaffar Beg, an independent candidate in Baramula and an emerging political personality in the State, against Saifulla Soz. If elections in the future continue to be genuine and the people's desires are truly reflected in the poll results, there is no cause for undue concern.

The courage and determination of the Indian soldier and the honour given to them by their countrymen have been unparalleled in the world history. On the other hand the treachery of Pakistan too is unparalleled as only a short period before the two Prime Ministers signed the peace accord known as Lahore declaration. The meticulous tactical planning and conduct of the infiltration with complete and total surprise by the Pakistan Army are as laudable as extreme bravery of Indian troops and diplomatic effectiveness of the Indian Government. However certain very important questions remained to be answered. These are:-​
  1. Knowing fully well that time and again Pakistan is resorting to proxy war causing immense damage to Indian men, money, materials, morale, peace and cohesion, why not a concrete or permanent solution ever planned?​
  2. Why did not India learn the lessons from previous proxy wars?​
  3. Why is proxy war not made the part of regular study at military training institutions and regular training?​
  4. Why could not a cap put to proxy war once for all?​
  5. Why could not the Kargil War be put to a logical end?​
  6. Why were the Indian’s caught napping in Kargil?​
  7. Who were to be actually blamed for Kargil fiasco and why are they not punished?​
This requires an honest post-mortem. Any post mortem must have the specific objective of preventing any future Kargil: “A post mortem must be in terms of a national perspective and not a party perspective and not a party perspective. Any political party which indulges in a motivated, partisan post mortem will reduce its credibility in the eyes of Indian citizen.”[17]

The Indian Government constituted an enquiry committee to find answer to only a few of the questions at the tactical level. The national strategy in the event of a proxy war was not brought under the preview. The Kargil Review Committee, headed by Mr. Subramaniam gave a 228-page report, which was tabled in Lok Sabha on 24 Feb 2000 by the then Defence Minister Mr. George Fernandez. The committee had overwhelming evidence that the Pakistani armed intrusion came as a surprise to all. “The committee did not come across any agency or individual who was able to clearly assess before the event the possibility of a large-scale Pakistani military intrusion across the Kargil heights.” What was conceived was the limited possibility of infiltration and enhanced artillery exchanges in this sector.

The Subramaniam committee came out with 25 glaring deficiencies in the country’s security set-up, aptly titled, “From Surprise to Reckoning”, recommended that such a review should be taken by an independent body of credible experts and done expeditiously.

The committee came heavily on the three Service Chiefs for not being in close touch with the Government and said, “The Chiefs of Staff have assumed the role of operational commanders of their respective forces rather than that of the Chiefs of Staff to the Prime Minister and Defence Minister.” The Premier Minister and the Defence Minister do not have the benefit of the views and expertise of the Army Commanders and their equiValleynt in the Navy and the Air Force. So that higher level defence management decisions are more consensual and broad-based.

The committee also held all intelligence agencies, including the Director General of Military Intelligence (DGMI), responsible for not being able to detect the intrusion or even the excessive movement of troops on the other side of the border. It also said that the Joint Intelligence committee (JIC) was neither informed about the possibility of intrusion nor was it accorded the importance it deserved either by the intelligence agencies or the Government.

The committee was of the view that a Kargil-type situation could perhaps have been avoided had the Indian Army followed a policy of Siachenisation to plug upheld gaps along the 168-km stretch from Kaobal Gali to Chorbat La.

No study has been carried out about our strategic failure in the Proxy War. The commission has neither considered proxy war in its broader perspective nor the role of strategists therein, even though nothing moves without the prior sanction of these top administrators i.e., the Prime Minister, Defence Minister or Defence Secretary. The Service Chiefs are reduced to mere figureheads and a very remote place in the hierarchy of the nation in a gradually decline of their positions. The simple paradigm that,” Defence Forces be kept as far away as possible from the doors of power, to avoid any military take over” has gradually allowed the political bosses and bureaucracy to belittle the Army Chiefs where they have to obtain the permission of secretaries to speak to the Defence Minister or Prime Minister and wait for hours to meet them, even though they are supposed to be the Chiefs of Staff to these authorities.

There is no denying the fact that the Kargil was a great political and strategic failure. Operation ‘Surprised’ was cleverly named Operation Vijay and media managed to befool the public. It is the second time that India had to fight the entire battle on its own land to recapture it from the enemy who captured it with simple ease, because we under estimated the enemy and strategically paid lesser attention to proxy war and Kargil despite the fact that there were reports as far back as October 1998 that such an infiltration is likely. Not even the minimum essential troops or weapons, equipments and clothing were provided to the troops. We lowered the guard and relaxed after Lahore Declaration as we did after signing of Panchsheel with China. We learnt no lessons from our failures and this resulted into humiliating surprise.

As is well known, the commissions are generally detailed to cover up the faults of those who detail them and to buy time and assuage the feelings of upsurge in general public. For these commissions the terms of references are so framed that they do not touch the real guilty. By the time the findings are made public, the public generally forgets the past. They are always eager to know the facts immediately after the event.

As the Lahore declaration was being prepared Gen. Musharraf was busy preparing for Kargil offensive. This large scale infiltration by 5 Pak Battalions occupying strategic Kargil Heights was a blatant summersault on all agreements. India gave a befitting answer by evacuation the intruders from all the occupied heights and killing most of them. As per Smt. Benazir Bhutto Pakistan had more than 1000 causalities. India’s losses too were large in terms of causalities (over 400 dead) finances and prestige damage as India was found sleeping (or intoxicated in the spirit of agreement).

American brokered peace did not last long as Pak again stepped up its proxy war, aiming at Indian Armed Forces through Pakistan’s terrorist organizations Lashkar-e-Tayyiba (LeT) and Hizab-ul-Mujah-I-Deen the two terrorists outfits directly controlled by Pakistan Government through its ISI, a Defence Services Intelligence organization.

Pakistan Government’s involvement is direct in the proxy war; but one fails to understand as to why India has failed to project Pakistan as an aggressor state involved in prolonged war with India. It has also failed to suitably retaliate even when it was absolutely necessary. Fully knowing well that Pakistani troops had crossed Indian borders, India did not go across the border even to destroy the terrorist training centers which was a minimum requirement to stop further influx. By remaining passive and too defensive, India has not only fallen in the eyes of the world but has kept itself involved with a very small country; neglecting the most serious threats from bigger countries like China. Its development too has relatively suffered due to heavy financial commitments and political attention towards continuing proxy war.

On the other hand Pakistan is happy achieving its aim; keeping a country many more times its size and strength bogged down in a muddle; bleeding India not through 1000 but millions of cuts; causing attrition on Indian Security Forces and keeping the Kashmir cauldron burning projecting the fire and smoke internationally through its media.

Musharraf’s sticking on Kashmir and India on Cross Border Terrorism failed the talks. The Vajpayee-Musharraf summit on 14-15 July 2001 also failed even to sign a joint declaration. This failure of talks is likely to encourage ISI, terrorists and other hardliners resulting in stepped up violence and more heat in proxy war. Had India been vocal in declaring Pakistan’s Proxy War with India as the key issue the impact would have been different. The world Cross Border Terrorism has been linked by Pakistan with ‘war for freedom’ of Kashmiris. Had India insisted on discussing Proxy War by Pakistan on India and would have properly propagated the case at the world screen, the word War would have gained more footage than the word ‘terrorism’.

It is in this direction that the Pakistan’s proxy wars in addition to Operation Kargil are studied here. The analysis is strictly from the point of a defence analyst meant to highlight the importance of ending proxy wars of Pakistan for the citizens of India and the world at large.

The background covers geography, history, economy, socio-culture and strategic importance of Kashmir. Pakistan’s information and proxy war are touched briefly deliberating upon the terrorist groups causing unrest. The aims, objectives, forces levels, the infiltration plan and execution by Pak Army regulars and the operations to evict these Army intruders by the valiant Indian Army are studied in detail. Events are listed out sequentially. and the valour of the soldiers are briefly touched upon.

The post-mortem of the role of various key players, strategists, intelligence agents, Generals, Officers and soldiers, different arms and the services, equipment and weapons Indian vis-à-vis Pakistani are studied in detail. Also covered are post-Kargil situation in Kashmir, likelihood of future wars between the two and the nuclear and missile threats.​

References


[1] Sarwan Singh Shaktiman, Kashmir te Sikh, 1995, p. 1-14.
[2] Kashmir Through The Ages, p. 58
[3] The Tribune, Saturday, June 26,1999
[4] Encyclopedia Britannica, Vol.2. Ed.15th, 1997,P. 753
[5] The Indian Express, Date: October 15, 1998.
[6] The Tribune, Monday, Sept.13, 1999, p.9
[7] July 3,1998 p.12-13, The roots of the conflict
[8] p. 17
[9] p. 178
[10] p.100
[11] P. 448.
[12] P. 51.
[13] P. 215.
[14] P. 448.
[15] Frontline, July 30,1999 pp. 72-73,
[16] Maj. Gen. Dipankar Banerjee (Retd.), Kashmir Today
[17] Outlook, July 26, 1999 p.28-30
 
Last edited:

Dalvinder Singh Grewal

Writer
Historian
SPNer
Jan 3, 2010
1,380
427
80
CHAPTER II
LINE OF CONTROL

1.Line of Control
2. AGPL
3. Siachin


The J & K territory has an area of 85,806 square miles (222,236 square kilometers; it is divided by a “line of control,” agreed upon in 1972, that leaves an area of 46,976 square miles in the north and west with Pakistan known as Pakistan Occupied Kashmir (PoK); the remainder, 38,829square miles, is with India and is known as state of Jammu & Kashmir. The dispute of occupied territories of J & K by Pakistan and China have remained a thaw in the affairs between India and its neighbours Pakistan and China.

All through these 52 years Pakistan never ceased to play mischief in Kashmir. The nasty suggestion that the Line of Control has not been properly delineated shows the ugly fangs behind the mask and Pakistan’s lip service to both the Shimla Accord and the Lahore Declaration. India has all along taken the stand that the stand that the so-called insurgency in Kashmir is purely the creation of Pakistan establishment, its army and the ISI.​
1753791111922.png
But in the spillover of the cold war, USA refused to pay any heed to the wailing and complaints from India about Pakistan as the hub of international terrorism until USA had it in its neck when the notorious Bin Laden, operating from the sanctuary of the Pakistan- Taliban nexus, remote controlled the bombings of the American embassies in Nairobi.

Pakistani incursions across the Kargil sector in Ladakh came to light and New Delhi’s Herculean efforts to push the intruders back mounted. Pakistan intruded its troops with an aim to alter the LoC with an aim to gain an upper hand in any future negotiations. This intrusion across Line of Control in Jammu and Kashmir has drawn a lot of media attention. Among others, the Pakistan Foreign Minister in the course of his one-day visit to New Delhi (June 12) referred to “some confusion” about the “actual line of control” in that though there was “demarcation in the maps”’ it had “not been delineated on the ground”. This was “especially” so in the hilly areas leading to lack of clarity in the melting of snow. There was also the charge that “thrice” over in the past, New Delhi had “violated” the LoC in the Siachen area. Stoutly repudiating all suggestions about its vagueness, India has maintained that both countries had agreed “on the map” where the LoC runs and that Islamabad was not unaware of its alignment.

The continuous day and night surveillance of the LoC has become more important because of the war like situation on the border and our glaring intelligence failure during Kargil war. The Chief of Army Staff Gen. Malik refused to comment on the much-reported failure of intelligence agencies prior to detecting the intruders last month in the Kargil sector and Dras and Batalik sub-sectors. “We are all working together. We are alright,” the general said about getting adequate support of civilian intelligence. “But we need to improve our surveillance along the LoC. Physical surveillance is not possible. We have to make use of more technical equipment.” Earlier, in his opening remarks, he said, “operations in Dras, Kargil and Batalik are progressing satisfactorily. Slow, on account of terrain and climatic conditions, but steady. I believe that we have been able to foil Pakistan’s military designs to sever the road between Zojila and Leh and turn our defences in Kargil, Batalik and Turtuk sectors. We are now fully balanced on the ground in Jammu and Kashmir and elsewhere.”

He described Pakistan’s contention about the “ambiguous delineation” of the LoC as “full of mischief, wrong, dangerous and unacceptable.” He pointed out: “If it was so, then India and Pakistan would have been in a state of war all along the 740 km of LoC and would remain so in future.”

Mentioning about the intrusion the Gen. said that irrespective of what the prime minister of Pakistan, their other leaders and military commanders have said, there is no doubt that the infiltration was conceived, planned and executed by Pakistani army regulars. “Their involvement has not been denied by Pakistan at the military to military level.” He said the intrusions had taken place across 110 to 120 km of the LoC and, initially, up to nine km inside the Indian Territory. Now, after almost one month of Operation Vijay, the maximum distance of Operation Vijay, the maximum distance of intrusion is about five to six km, he said.

Drawing a difference between the infiltration across the LoC in Jammu and Kashmir over the past 10 years and in the Kargil Sector this time, Gen. Malik said that in the earlier case, militants, mostly foreign mercenaries, were being sent into Indian Territory with support from the Pakistan army. However, in the Kargil situation, the “Pakistani army itself has infiltrated across the LoC with a view to changing the delineated LoC alignment.”[1]

If Indian troops ever have to cross the Line of Control (LoC) to pull curtains on the Kargil conflict, they will do so only after the Union Cabinet takes a decision in this regard, Army Chief Gen. V.P. Malik announced. In the same breath, and answering another question, Gen. Malik added: “There is a need for us to look beyond Kargil.”

Prime Minister Atal Behari Vajpayee categorically stated that India, under no condition, would permit any alteration in the status quo along the Line of Control (LoC), which was inviolable under the Shimla agreement.

At an all-party meeting on the current situation in the Kargil sector, attended by leaders of all leading political parties, the Defence Minister George Fernandes and the three service chiefs who briefed the meeting to discuss the Kargil crisis, the Prime Minister said, “His government was making no secret deals and there were no proposals for mediation by third countries on the Conflict.

Lambasting Pakistan for the crisis, Mr. Vajpayee said “We wanted to hear from them their willingness to withdraw the intruders without condition and in a specified time-frame. This we did not hear”. He made it clear that the military action would not be stopped until the intruders were driven away.

The Prime Minister said: “Nothing but complete and unconditional withdrawal of the intruders will satisfy our requirement”. He expressed satisfaction over the response of the international community on the Kargil issue saying: “The world has recognised the restraint shown by us. They have also recognised India’s responsible approach which consists of localising operations while pushing back the intruders and expressing our readiness to resume the Lahore process if Pakistan withdrew the intruders”.

Mr. Vajpayee said: “We shall seek formal reaffirmation of the Line of Control as has emerged after the Shimla agreement and which both countries have formally delineated on the map.

“Our position is to continue the dialogue but under no condition will we permit any alteration in the status quo along the Line of Control”, he said.

The LoC was the end product of the Simla Agreement of July 1972, which brought to a close the third bout of hostilities between two neighbours. It may be recalled that the war itself, which led to the birth of Bangladesh as a separate political entity, had drawn to a close in December, 1971, and the India-Pakistan agreement at Simla had, inter alias, stipulated that insofar as the Cease Fire Line in Kashmir, agreed to in 1949, did no longer exist, after the hostilities of 1971, a new line had to be drawn.(See Appendix E1)

It may be of interest to note that in 1949, as later in 1971, the new alignment took time to be in place. Actually, this long-drawn out exercise engaged the United Nations Commission for India and Pakistan (UNCIP) for almost seven months, January-July 1949, before the military advisor to the Commission prepared the map, which delineated the Cease Fire Line (CFL), later accepted by both the parties.

The CFL was disturbed in August 1965 when a large number of Pakistani infiltrators entered Kashmir. In the ensuring hostilities, New Delhi was able to register sizeable territorial gains. Sadly for it, these were undone by the Tashkent declaration in January, 1966, which practically restored the status quo ante as far as the frontier in Kashmir was concerned.

In sharp contrast to the CFL, which was drawn by a UN Commission and agreed to by both India and Pakistan, the LoC was the handiwork of a bilateral arrangement. India and Pakistan very carefully selected senior military commanders to shoulder this historic responsibility. On the Indian side the team captain was the well known, highly respected, gallant soldier scholar, Lt Gen PS Bhagat, PVSM, Victoria Cross and on Pakistan side the highly respected veteran and a man of sterling character Lt. Gen Hameed Khan, S PK, SQA. It was a fortunate coincidence that Bhagat and Hameed knew each other since their days in the Indian Military Academy, Dehradun. Consequently they worked on the difficult, time consuming and laborious mission with trust, utter frankness and mutual regard and respect.

The composition of the two delegations was as under:
Indian Delegation
Pakistan Delegation
Lt Gen P S Bhagat​
Lt Gen Abdul Hameed Khan​
Maj Gen M R Rajwade​
Brig. S M Abbasi​
Maj Gen I S Gill​
Col Mahmud Shaukat​
Col C M Sahni​
Col Syed Refaqat​
Lt Col M S Chahal​
Lt Col M M Afzal Khan​
Lt Col B M Tewari​
Lt Col Ahmad Saeed​


General Bhagat’s team included the then Director Military Operations, Maj Gen. IS Gill, PVSM, MC, known in the Indian Army as a man of 24-carat-gold for his sterling qualities.​
1753791421046.png


Similarly on the Pakistani side was the then Director Military Operations, Brig SM Abbasi, scion of the princely family of Bahawalpur. Included in the teams were also Deputy Directors of Survey of India and Pakistan with adequate Number of trained survey personnel and survey equipment. This author then a young Captain too had the luck of watching the functioning of these teams. The senior military commanders of the two sides were assisted by three sector commanders along the entire length of 740 Km of Line of Control which was divided in three segments namely the Southern Sector, the Central Sector and the Northern Sector.

In turn, sector commanders were assisted by sub sector commanders to do the groundwork on the entire Line of Control. For example, in the Northern Sector were included the four Sub Sector Commanders of Partapur Sub Sector, Kargil Sub Sector (including Batalik), Shingo (Kaksar) Sub Sector and Drass Sub Sector which are the areas of current conflict. Sector and Sub Sector Commanders of the two countries worked in close co-operation. The Simla Agreement stipulated that in Jammu & Kashmir, the Line of Control separating the two Armies on the day of ceasefire would be delineated.

The delineation of the LoC was effected during nine meetings as follows:
Dates
Venue
(a) First meeting​
Aug, 10-12 1972​
Suchetgarh​
(b) Second meeting​
Aug, 21-22 1972​
Wagah​
(c) Third meeting​
Aug, 28-29 1972​
Suchetgarh​
(d) Fourth meeting​
Sept, 3-15 1972​
Wagah​
(e) Fifth meeting​
Sept, 18 - Oct 1, 1972​
Suchetgarh​
(f) Sixth meeting​
Oct, 7-8 1972​
Wagah​
(g) Seventh meeting​
Oct, 14-22 1972​
Suchetgarh​
(h) Eighth meeting​
Nov, 7-9 1972​
Wagah​
(i) Ninth & final meeting​
December 11, 1972​
Suchetgarh​


At each meeting the inputs of sub sectors were discussed, the sticky points resolved and where necessary, a joint survey was ordered to ensure that nothing was left vague or uncertain. In the whole exercise two sets of maps each comprising of 27 maps were prepared. These marked maps were joined and 19 mosaics were prepared, thus clearly delineating the entire stretch of Line of Control running through 740 Km starting from Sangam and ending at Pt NJ-9842. Besides the maps, there were 19 Appendix consisting of 40 pages, giving the details of every feature, landmark and coordinates of the Line of Control. Each map containing the inscription: “Delineation of the Line of Control in Jammu and Kashmir resulting from the ceasefire of December 17,1971, in accordance with paragraph 4(II) of the Simla Agreement of July 2, 1972.

Immediately after signing of the delineation maps and documents at the final meeting of senior military commanders, the DMO flew to New Delhi and reported to the COAS along with copies of the signed delineation proceedings and one copy of the signed maps at 1500 hours 11 Dec 72. The COAS presented these at a meeting of the Political Affairs Committee of the Cabinet at 1600 hours the same day. At 1620 hours a message was received from Mr. Aziz Ahmed, Special Assistant to the President of Pakistan for Mr. PN Haksar, Principal Secretary to the Prime Minister, informing him that the Government of Pakistan had accorded its approval to the Joint Recommendations submitted by the senior military commanders of Pakistan and India on that day in regard to delineation of the Line of Control in J & K.

At 0700 hours on 17 Dec 72 the mutually agreed statement was released in New Delhi and Islamabad. At 2100 hours on 20 Dec 72, a joint statement by the Indian and Pakistan Governments was released to the media regarding withdrawal of troops to other International Border and delineation in conformity with the Line of Control in Jammu and Kashmir.

In view of the facts explained above, there should be absolutely no reason for any reservation in anyone’s mind in India or Pakistan that there is anything vague or uncertain about the Line of Control in Jammu and Kashmir. It is pertinent to add that for a period of over 27 years, the Line of Control in Jammu and Kashmir has stood the test of time. There have been frequent clashes as well as exchange of fire, which were invariably discussed and resolved in flag meetings of the two sides, authenticity of the Line of Control was never questioned. It is worthwhile adding that each flag meeting invariably developed into a competition in hospitality.

It is also appropriate to take a close look on the wording of Paragraph dealing with the sanctity of the Line of Control of the Shimla Agreement which reads as under: -

“In order to initiate the process of the establishment of durable peace, both the Governments agree that: In Jammu and Kashmir the Line of Control resulting from cease fire on 17th December, 1971 shall be respected by both sides without prejudice to the recognized position of either side. Neither side shall seek to alter it unilaterally, irrespective of mutual differences and legal interpretations. Both sides undertake to refrain from threat or use of force in violation of this Line.” [2]

Para 4(II) of the Simla Agreement clearly laid down that the LoC “shall be respected by both sides” and that “neither shall seek to alter it unilaterally.” Moreover, both sides undertook “to refrain from the threat of the use of force in violation” of the Line.

In a statement to the Lok Sabha on December 12,1972, the then Minister of External Affairs, Sardar Swaran Singh, tabled a separate document describing the LoC in four short paragraphs, A to D; Para C: “From Richmar Gali, the line of control runs north-wards passing west of Tithwal… and north of Chet in the Kargil sector, up to Chorbatla in Turtok sector.” Para D: “From there (viz. Chorbatla in Turtok sector) the line of control runs north-eastwards to Thang (inclusive to India), thence eastwards joining the glaciers.” Para C refers to the Kargil sector.

The Siachen Glacier was left unmarked due to its unapproachability. It should follow that the LoC does not extend to the Siachen glacier; in the event, the charge of violating it there does not pass muster.

It is clear that LoC is legally accepted by both the countries; but Pakistan never reconciled to the fact of separation of Bangladesh and held India responsible for it. It has been regularly violating this LoC to create troubles for India either by sending militants or attacking Indian posts along the Loc.

Pakistan’s game plan is to sit on the LoC and to make the occupation of each feature contentious. However, since the LoC runs along a watershed and Indian positions tower over Pakistan’s, Indian observation posts have the vantage point.

The Pakistan army had breached the Line of Control (LoC) in the Kargil sector over 15 years ago and established military posts on at least five features in the Batalik and Kaksar sub-sectors, it is now learnt. Most of these encroachments are only a few hundred meters inside Indian territory; but are nevertheless of considerable tactical importance.

Several attempts by the Indian Army (minus air power) to forcibly regain these positions were repulsed, informed sources said. In addition, the Indian Army lodged futile protests at several flag meetings between the two sides. These areas have not been regained since; though the Indian Army went on to establish posts around the occupied stretches.

One such encroachment was in Shangruti in the Batalik sub-sector. After encroaching into Indian territory, Pakistani soldiers occupied a dominating 16,000 ft high feature giving them a tactical advantage in the area. Since then, the Indian Army has established three posts at lower altitudes around this feature.

A second area is near Chorbat La. A third feature is near Dhalulang, along the Shingo River in the Kaksar sub-sector. This was despite the partial mining of the area around Dhalulang by the Indian Army. In the late eighties, the Army had tried to retake the feature but in vain. “In due course, the situation came to be accepted,” said a senior officer.[3]

Point 5353 is another point along LoC forcibly occupied by Pakistanis. The Pakistanis agreed to vacate Point 5353 in one of the flag meetings it still remains in the hands of Pakistanis. “Although the peak is on the LoC, a Pakistani observation post at the top can look into Drass, ” said Maj.-Gen. Mohinder Puri of 8 Mountain Division Pakistan has now occupied another feature ahead of Point 5353.

The cat-and-mouse game, described as “jostling for advantage” by XV Corps Commander Lt.-Gen. Krishan Pal, will continue till the territorial identity and possession of each feature along the LoC are decided. Finally, 27 years after the Shimla agreement, “what was delineated on the map is being demarcated on the ground”.

However, it is a Herculean task to maintain supply lines in winter. The army has started building permanent bunkers and in the Mushkoh valley hectic road-building activity is on. “Advance winter stocking of posts will be done once the rough tracks from the depth areas to the LoC are declared operational,” said Brig. Ashok Duggal of 3 Mountain Division. In a bid to prevent Indian forces from permanently manning these posts, Pakistan has been resorting to artillery shelling. On an average three casualties are reported a day.

Although a number of posts remain cut off in winter, each is now manned by 40 soldiers, including combat troops, sparrows (soldiers from the Signals Corps) and nursing assistants. Cheetah helicopters fly in mail and extra supplies in fair weather. In this glacial, forbidding terrain, Indian and Pakistan are in for another eyeball-to-eyeball confrontation. A second Siachen is in the making. [4]

After Kargil War, the situation on LoC improved temporarily. But it became quite volatile again and it appeared to be a war like situation all along the Loc though termed as a localised border war. Infantry, Artillery and Air Force, all were committed in this conflict. Regular attacks on forward posts and planned infiltration with the active assistance of Pakistani regulars by heavy artillery and mortar shelling became the regular feature of each day. But replying to another question, the PM said: “If war is thrust upon us, we will fight with whatever we have.” In the meantime, the government started taking steps to see that important equipment reached our soldiers and deficiencies made up.” Answering a supplementary about threats to India’s nuclear installations, he added: “We are prepared for any contingency.” But on whether the ongoing conflict in Kargil is “already a war”, he said, “I don’t want to get into semantics. For the soldier who is fighting (to evict the intruders), it is war.”

It is in actuality not an infiltration; it is an invasion, termed as proxy war. It is obvious for Pakistan to say that the Mujahideen or Afghans are involved in this conflict. The truth is that Pak Army regulars assist them to infiltrate. By invading our territory, Pakistan is trying to re-establish itself in Kashmir. Clearly, the aim is to alter the LoC and threaten our strategic interests in the area.

Chief of Army Staff Gen V.K. Malik, the Army Chief during the Kargil conflict wanted to cross over the LoC to punish the infiltrators. This would have been an effective step as has been amply proved in the West Asia where Israelis contained the infiltrators by attacking on to their camps. However the permission was never granted by the political bosses, as they strictly wanted to stick to LoC to maintain peace.

AGPL

The Actual Ground Position Line (AGPL) is the line of occupation by opposite forces in Siachen Glacier-Saltoro Ridge beyond NJ 9842 up to the Chinese border. It is a glacial stretch beyond grid reference point NJ-9842 till the Chinese border in Xinjiang that is not demarcated. This is the core of the Siachen dispute that has pit soldiers on both sides in combat in the highest, coldest and costliest battlefield in the world.

The 1949 Karachi Agreement spoke of the line beyond this point as going ``northwards to the glaciers.'' The 1972 Shimla Agreement's Line of Control (LoC) simply stopped at NJ-9842, leaving a 70-km stretch along the Saltoro Ridge un-delineated.

siachen1
siachen6


Indian Army on Patrol in Siachen Indian Artillery Siachen Medal

In 1949, after the first of three wars, the nations agreed to a cease-fire line that unfortunately stopped short of the remote massifs of north-central Kashmir -- a disputed area on the map where India, Pakistan and China rub shoulders. The wording in the agreement merely said the line was to continue "north to the glaciers." For two decades, this vague phrasing was of more concern to map makers than soldiers, but then in the 1970s and early eighties Pakistan permitted several mountaineering expeditions to climb high peaks on this glacier. This was to reinforce their claim on the area as these expeditions arrived on the glacier with a permit obtained from the Government of Pakistan. In many cases an liaison officer from the Pakistan army accompanied the team.

Pakistan gave permission to a Japanese expedition to attempt Rimo peak in 1984. This peak is located in the side valley, east of Siachen. It overlooks the eastern areas of the Aksai Chin. Such an expedition would have firmly linked the western routes with the eastern routes, -- the trade route leading to Karakoram Pass and China. The Indian army decided to take action and to prevent such an expedition from proceeding. In April 13, 1984, the Indian Army made a "pre-emptive" move into the glacier to defend the territory and the peaks and passes around it when it launched "Operation Meghdoot". Within weeks, Pakistani forces swept in to oppose them, but the Indians have been able to hold on to the tactical advantage of the high ground. The last major gunbattle in the region was reported September 4, 1999, when India said Pakistani artillery and mortar fire killed nine Indian soldiers on the craggy slopes of Turtuk, near the 47-mile-long Siachen Glacier.

siachen2
siachen3

Supplies packed Mi-17 dropping supplies Indian igloos
As of date, some 10,000 troops are deployed by Pakistan and a befitting number faces them on the Indian side of the Line of Actual Control. To cater to such a large number of troops, about 6000 tonnes of load is flown into the Siachen Glacier every year. An almost equal amount is para-dropped there. This is achieved by the IAF's AN-32 aircraft and helicopters which serve as a 'lifeline' for the Northern Sector. The Kargil fighting showed India that the most uninhabitable, frozen land was not a sufficient barrier to intrusion. The Indian air force, trying to show that it is on the alert in a region even harder to defend than the sheer Kargil cliffs, has arranged a series of trips for photojournalists to see the Siachen operation. "Particularly since the Kargil war, the load of responsibility of the air force has increased," Air Vice Marshal S.K. Jain told journalists during the tour. "The forces are on alert, ready to meet any threat." The sound of incoming gunfire could be heard as the air force transports loaded up at Leh, on the approach to the Siachen Glacier.

Despite five layers of clothing, paratroopers shiver as they wait to board an air force transport at the world's highest air base at Leh. The AN-32A planes approach the stark runway at Leh in snowy mist, pushed by tail winds. The pilots navigate the steep mountains by sight. Higher on the icy Himalayan peaks, helicopter pilots battle downdrafts as they land on helipads to deliver precious supplies or rescue injured soldiers. The pilots stay on the ground no more than 30 seconds for fear of being shot. But cold kills more troops than bullets. Soldiers brought down to base camp often suffer hearing, eyesight and memory loss because of prolonged use of oxygen masks. Many lose eyes, hands or feet to frostbite. At the glacial heights, where even drinking water is from melting the ice on stoves, bathing is a rarity. Washing of clothing, too, is not possible. Hence, 14 pairs of thermal socks per individual are given for a 90-day stay so that the problem of washing at the posts is eliminated. But soldiers have to wash their clothing before depositing it back and leaving the glacier. Clothing used in the glacier is washed at the hot water sulphur springs on the banks of the Nubra at Panamik, a village near the base camp. Such is the rotation schedule that the washing goes on round the year. A serving Captain, just back from his glacier tenure, describes Panamik as the "world's biggest and highest dhobi ghat".

Some army posts on the peaks are only 1,000 feet from Pakistani entrenchments. Cheetah helicopters fly in to retrieve wounded or sick soldiers and drop supplies to their comrades, who remain behind on the lonely promontories. The enemy is hard to see in the crags and craters in the vast whiteness -- and harder to hit. Rifles must be thawed repeatedly over kerosene stoves, and machine guns need to be primed with boiling water. At altitudes of 18,000 feet, mortar shells fly unpredictable and extraordinary distances, swerving erratically when met by sledgehammer gusts. While some troops fall to hostile fire, far more perish from avalanches and missteps into crevasses that nature has camouflaged with snow. This is especially so now in springtime, as the sun licks away several feet of ice and opens new underground cracks and seams.

But for all these logistical peculiarities, the Siachen conflict might be thought of as just another low-intensity border war -- were it not being fought between the world's two newest nuclear powers. Their combat over a barren, uninhabited nether world of questionable strategic value is a forbidding symbol of their lingering irreconcilability. "This is like a struggle of two bald men over a comb," said Stephen P. Cohen, an authority on the Indian subcontinent at the Brookings Institution. "Siachen is the epitome of the worst aspects of the relationship. These are two countries that are paired on a road to Oslo or Hiroshima, and at this point they could go either way."

Most of India's many outposts are west of the glacier along the Saltoro Range of the Karakoram Mountains. These pickets are reachable to an enemy only after a strenuous climb and then a frontal assault, a near-hopeless task in such thin air. After 50 strides, even a well-conditioned man is gasping for breath with his muscles in a tremble. Fifteen years of refrigerated combat have brought only 15 years of hardened stalemate. The Pakistanis cannot get up to the glacier; the Indians cannot come down. "Nobody can win, no matter how long we fight," said Maj. Gen. V. S. Budhwar, the Indian commander in Leh, whose region includes Siachen. "But this is our land. It is a portion of our nation-state, and we will not cede it." Occasionally, some vital strategic importance is assigned to the Siachen area, with hypothetical aggressors flooding across mountain highways. More often, the conflict is described as a simple matter of principle. Imagine, people say, how America would respond if the Russians overran even a small, barren chunk of Alaska.

"Siachen is an awful place where you can step on a thin layer of snow and, poof, down you go 200 feet," said Gen. Khalid Mehmood Arif, the retired former vice chief of Pakistan's military. "But no nation ever wants to lose a single inch of territory, so Siachen has psychological and political importance. Its value is in ego and prestige." Arduous to live in, the Siachen area is beautiful to look at. Some of the world's tallest mountains fill the landscape, their snowy tops giving way to rivulets of white that glitter against the black and purple rock. It is a moonscape of mesmerizing pinnacles and ridges and drops. Ice formations rise a mile high. Clouds seem at arm's reach. The Indian base camp is at the very start of the glacier, which gently curves upward like a giant white tongue. Barracks, helipads, supply sheds, satellite dishes, a hospital and Hindu shrines are spread across several acres. It is clear the Indians have been here awhile and are ready to stay. The command post is carpeted. Curtains hang along the windows. "We have the heights," said Brig. P. C. Katoch, who runs the operation. In contrast with the superior vista those heights afford, he said, the Pakistani soldier sees nothing: "He hears a helicopter and shoots. He hears artillery and shoots. It's stupid. He doesn't know where he's shooting."

But being king of the hill is costly. The Pakistanis can resupply most of their posts by road and pack mule. At their forward positions, some as high as 21,000 feet, the Indians must rely on helicopters. The whirlybirds strain against the altitude like oversized bumblebees. Many an airdrop is swallowed by the snow. Both sides deploy about 3,000 soldiers. While the Pakistanis refuse to divulge how much they spend in Siachen, the Indians estimate the cost at about $350,000 to $500,000 a day, said Lieut. Gen. R. K. Sawhney, the army's director general of military intelligence. Transporting kerosene is one major expense. Some Indian soldiers live in igloos made of fiberglass panels. Six soldiers can sleep in jigsaw configurations, crowded into a room the size of a king-size bed. Others live in ice tunnels gouged out with a pickax. Either way, small kerosene stoves are the hearths they huddle around. The hissing competes with the howling of the wind. Black smoke seems to color everything, including a man's spit. The highest perches are occupied by only a handful of soldiers, and sleeping is rarely done at night, for this is the most likely time for the enemy to sneak up. Sentry duty is bleak work. Hot water bottles do not stay hot for long. A relay must be set up to exchange frozen rifles for defrosted ones.

During storms, the heavy snowfall seems as thick as long, white drapery. The wind does pinwheels, and the basics of a hard life gets that much harder. "At my post, you have to use a crawl trench to get to the toilet," said Cpl. Joginder Singh. "When it snows, the trench fills up and you have to stand. The enemy can see you and that's how you die." It is difficult to know how many men have been killed. Some local news reports put casualty totals for both sides in the thousands, but this seems based on conjecture. The Pakistanis do not release such details, and the Indians say they have lost only the 616 soldiers whose names appear on a stone memorial at the base camp. The inscription reads: "Quartered in snow, silent to remain. When the bugle calls, they shall rise and march again."

To this day, Kashmir is the issue that most heats the blood of Indians and Pakistanis. "The roots of the Kashmir problem are very tangled, but as far as the glacier goes, this is simply a matter of Pakistanis sneaking their way into a place that doesn't belong to them," said India's Lieut. Gen. M. L. Chibber, retired, who is central to the Siachen saga. In 1978, however, he was a commander with responsibility for Siachen. He was alarmed to learn that the Pakistanis were accompanying mountaineers to the glacier. Just as troubling were maps printed in the West. They showed Siachen as part of Pakistan. By the early 80's, both armies were sending expeditions into the area, and suspicions accumulated like fresh snow. In late 1983, the Indians became convinced the Pakistanis were about to seize the glacier, General Chibber said. This was inferred from intercepted communiqués. If further evidence was needed, he said, it came when India sent procurers to Europe to buy cold-weather gear. They ran into Pakistanis doing the same shopping.​

India's "pre-emptive" takeover of Siachen was called


[1] ”The Indian Express, June 24,1999

[2] Lt Gen (Dr) ML Chibber -The Writer Lt Gen (Dr) ML Chibber, was Deputy Director of Military Operations after 1971 War and later C-in-C Northern Command when Pakistan was prevented from occupying Saltoro North Plus, Sunday, August 15,1999
[3] The Times of India, June 30, 1999.
[4] The week, August 15,1999, P.46
 

Attachments

  • 1753791025468.png
    1753791025468.png
    265.5 KB · Reads: 4
  • 1753790804617.png
    1753790804617.png
    2.4 KB · Reads: 4

Dalvinder Singh Grewal

Writer
Historian
SPNer
Jan 3, 2010
1,380
427
80
Chapter III
PROXY WAR PARADIGM
  1. Definition
  2. Characteristics
  3. Causes
  4. Effects
  5. Methodology
  6. Countermeasures
Webster Dictionary (P.1155) gives the meaning of the word proxy as “the agency for another who acts through the agent; authority to act for another.” Proxy war is taken to mean ‘the war through another agency and can be defined as “an indirect war, imposed by one nation, community, or group against another, by engaging a third agency.”

A simple example can be of the younger brother, who has been deprived of his property rights by his elder brother. He wants to regain his share but is too weak for a fight and too poor for a court case. He wins over his nephews by showing extreme love and affection and speaks to them in very sweet words, gradually filling their ears against their father for not giving enough to them for their betterment. A brawl of the sons with their father leads to a fight, and in one such fight the incited sons kill their father in anger and in turn are hanged for murder on the evidence given by the younger brother. Being the only heir left thereafter, the younger brother not only gets his own property back but also that of his brother. Here he has employed sons of his brother as agents to win the war against his brother.

In actuality, this situation may not depict a war. Another example is cited here to clarify further. In the Cold War period, the USA and the USSR were the two superpowers trying to lower each other. The USSR used Vietnam to lower America’s influence, while the USA used Afghanistan to lower the hold and prestige of the USSR. In Afghanistan, the USA used Pakistan as a conduit of funds and weapons to train, maintain, equip, and direct Afghan rebels against the USSR. Later, desirous of maintaining domination over Afghanistan, Pakistan on its own trained the Taliban to take control over Afghanistan in its own hands. It sheltered Afghan refugees, trained the younger lot in war and weaponry, officered them and led them against the regime, and gradually swept over most of Afghanistan. Similarly, Yasser Arafat used the ‘Intifada’ of Palestinians against Israelis to gain his lost territories.

Characteristics:​
  1. There are three agencies minimum involved in the proxy war: the engaging agency, on whose behalf it is initiated and fought; an engaged agency, who is engaged to fight on behalf of the engaging agency; and the attacked agency, on whom the proxy war is waged.​
  2. An engaged agency fights at the battlefront for the other.​
  3. The engaging agency does not physically involve itself at the battlefront.​
  4. The real interest for the fight is of the engaging agency.​
  5. The aims and objectives of the engaged agency are meant to achieve the aims and objectives of the engaging agency.​
  6. The planning, organizing, directing, or controlling may lie invisibly at the hands of the engaging agency, but visibly these are in the hands of the engaged agency.​
  7. Visible or invisible benefits are ensured to the engaged agency by the engaging agency.​
Causes: Some of the causes of resorting to proxy war are as under:

Proxy war is very useful for those who cannot fight a war directly. Hence, the weaker of the two may resort to proxy war without having risked itself.

Where physical war is not possible or is more destructive, as in chemical, biological, or nuclear war, proxy war is the best solution.

When the two enemies are located wide apart and are not in direct contact, proxy war is the only answer.

When a country has a priority of the safety of its men and resources and is financially sound, it prefers proxy war.

Effects

Advantages of the proxy war to the engaging agency
:
A proxy war helps attain the aims and objects of the engaging agency without having it physically & directly engaged in the war.​
  1. It helps in maintaining secrecy about the real intentions and type of operations.​
  2. It helps in creating confusion in the enemy for quite a long time, as the real enemy is not visible and easily ascertainable initially.​
  3. It helps to preserve its own resources for any direct war, including soldiers, weapons, and equipment, the need for which may accrue later on.​
  4. It provides a platform for propaganda/maligning campaigns against the nation/community against whom the war is waged without getting directly & physically involved.hysical risk and the risk to prestige and the manpower and resources of the engaging agency is minimal.​
  5. In nuclear, biological, or chemical environments, proxy war is most suited.​
  6. The risks to manpower, resources, territory, and the prestige of the engaging agency is lesser.​
  7. Overall financial costs to the engaging agency are much lower.​
  8. Engaging agency is not visibly accountable to the international community on human rights violations and use of resources and finances for military purposes, as the proxy war expenditure is not budgeted.​
  9. The engaging enemy has no fear of losing in a proxy war.​
  10. Direct operations later against the exhausted enemy on ground of own choosing are easier, less costly, and have less fear of losing.​
  11. Sufficient intelligence about the enemy and time for preparation for a direct war can be gained through the proxy war.​
  12. International pressure against the engaging agency to stop war may not be that effective, as is the case of a direct war.​
Disadvantages of the proxy war to the engaging agency:

The proxy war seldom produces the final results; a war may be needed to achieve the final aim. Proxy war is thus more or less a preparation for a final war, where the engaging country prepares to fight the weakened enemy or waits for an opportune moment.

The war may not proceed exactly as per the requirement of the engaging agency.

The engaged agency may go out of control or sometimes work against the interests of the engaging agency, or the interests of the two may collide. Sometimes the engaged agency may be bought by the country against whom the proxy war is waged, or alternatively, the engaged agency may find the engaging agency is not a sincere actor.

The duration of the war may be much longer than could be otherwise.

The chance of achieving the desired result of the proxy war may be lesser if the forces are not well trained, prepared, or oriented.

Effects on the third party against whom the proxy war is waged:

The initial phase may be quite confusing and damaging.
The troops and resources may get tied down at a not very important objective.
Losses may mount without results in the initial stages.
Fighting against an invisible enemy may affect the morale of the troops adversely.
The prolonged war may weigh heavily on the troops and the resources.
The safety and security of the civilians in the area may be endangered, causing panic button or unrest at sudden provocation.
The cooperation to the defence forces from the civilians may die over a period of time.
The internal unrest may help the enemy achieve the results earlier than expected.
The political fallout may be adverse.
Methodology:
  1. Detailed planning of the proxy war is done by the engaging agency.​
  2. The engaging agency decides the aim on which the engaged agency is to work.​
  3. Creating an environment through propaganda: disinformation campaigns through media, diplomacy, etc., and buying off political leadership in the affected area.​
  4. Preparing own teams and intelligence agencies​
  5. Survey of the area and the population to find out which suits the best for fulfillment of the aim.​
  6. As the guerrilla tactics/hit-and-run tactics are generally adopted, the remote areas, jungle areas, mountainous areas, area with sufficient broken ground or having good hiding places are selected​
  7. The population selection is the most careful job. The people who have some disenchantment or have some grudges against the regime are chosen. Among them, those who can be motivated and molded in the name of religion, language, caste, creed, or the like to stand and fight against the establishment are chosen. Further segregation is done of those who can be affiliated with the aim successfully. Too-smart, overactive, fickle-minded, weak, and egoistic people are avoided. Preference is given to the fundamentalists with a different religion than the religion of the majority of the establishment and the persons who can be easily incited.​
  8. The recruitment is a well-thought-out and planned process.​
  9. The orientation and indoctrination must precede the training.​
  10. Training​
  11. Organization​
  12. Selection​
  13. Arming​
  14. Detailing​
  15. Communications​
  16. Direction and Control​
  17. Administration​
  18. Finances/funding​
  19. Supplies​
  20. Re-evaluation​
Countermeasures:
The country that is affected by the proxy war must take the following precautions:

A. Contact
1. Gain Information
2. Approach
3. Maintain proper records
B. Control:
Liaise: must have continuous liaison with the local population. A liaisoning cell must be created for this purpose. Own agents must work in this direction
Assist the parents/guardians to control their wards
Isolate
Demotivat
e: Hold demotivation camps.
Rechannelize: Provide them alternative jobs or send them to places away from the affected area.
C. Contain:
D. Counter:​
 
Last edited:

Dalvinder Singh Grewal

Writer
Historian
SPNer
Jan 3, 2010
1,380
427
80
CHAPTER IV
PAKISTAN’S PROXY WAR
  1. Background
  2. Present state of Proxy War in Kashmir
  3. OP Gulmarg
  4. OP Gibralter
  5. OP Tupac
Background

Pakistan has been cut half after Bangladesh war. Strategically, militarily and economically too it is not in a state to wage direct war against India. It has nuclear weapons but does not have that much capcity with which it can destroy India. On the other hand if it initiates nuclear war its own annihiliation is near certain. It has adopted proxy war under these circumstances, by inciting the youth of Kahmir valley and also by sending its own terrorists who create panic and mayhem in the general public and attack Indian troops whenever or wherever they get chance. Since 1947 It has achieved wide experience in proxy war and has been successful in keeping the Kashmir couldren burning.

This fact has been widely accepted by Indian leaders. At Nagpur Home Minister of India L K Advani said India would emerge victorious in the proxy war launched by Pakistan. India was fighting the fifth war, a proxy war, against Pakistan in the last 20 years, he said addressing a public meeting on the sidelines of National Council session of the Bharathia Janata Party. India had won all the previous wars in 1948, 1965, 1971 and in Kargil operation in 1999, Advani added. Launching a scathing attack on Pakistani intelligence agency ISI, he blamed it for disturbing communal harmony. Advani said Deendar-Anjuman outfit was found to be indulging in terrorist activities in the country by carrying out bomb blasts in churches in Indian states of Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka and Goa. During the last few months, 15 religious places and prayer halls of Christians were made targets by the ISI, he said[1].

Defence Minister George Fernandes termed Pakistan’s proxy war against India as the “biggest stumbling block” to peace and declared that as long as Islamabad continues to send armed intruders into India, talks between the two countries cannot take place.

In his address to the armed forces on the eve of Independence Day, the Defence Minister said that Pakistan was well aware that its troops could not match the Indian forces in any war and so Islamabad had resorted to proxy war to destabilise India.

“Even these designs are being foiled by our alert jawans. A large number of mercenaries, mostly foreign nationals, have been killed in Jammu and Kashmir creating demoralisation among the Pakistani terrorists”.

The Defence Minister said India had always extended a hand of friendship to Pakistan, but Islamabad continued to nurse hostility “towards us”, adding that the Kargil intrusion was the latest example of betrayal by Islamabad. [2]

Mr Fernandes said keeping in view the prevailing security environment in the region, the government was taking urgent steps to ensure that the armed forces were equipped with state-of-the-art armaments and weapon systems, declaring that the problem of funds would not be allowed to come in the way of this process.
The Army Chief, Gen. V. P. Malik, said on 17 July 2000 at Bhopal that, “there is vidence of a proxy war in Jammu and Kashmir with increased militant activity and greater effort to send more trained militants from the Pakistan side in recent months”.

Addressing a press conference, he said that after a lull in the post-Kargil phase there was evidence of a proxy war in Jammu and Kashmir with more Pak-trained militants trying to cross the border. Since May 2000, there had been a larger number of clashes with militants, he said adding that the casualties were high along the line of control and inside. There was no let up from the other side, he said while asserting that the Army, para-military forces and Jammu and Kashmir police were doing a good job meeting the challenge.

Asked whether the Army was now better equipped to face the border situation than what it was at the time of the Kargil crisis, the Army Chief said: ``we are better equipped''. While referring to the supply of arms, ammunition and equipment to the Army, he said procedural delays notwithstanding, a lot of work had been done. He added: ``equipping takes time and every thing is not available off the shelf.''

The victory in Kargil had brought the whole nation together, Gen. Malik said adding that the Army could complete its mission by throwing out the Pak Army intruders from Kargil with total support of the people. There was no evidence of militants but only the involvement of the Pakistan Army in Kargil, he asserted.

To a pointed query, he said, “There were lessons from Kargil for every body, including the Army and these had been covered by the Kargil Review Committee. The lessons are both strategic and operational, he said adding that the Army has to learn more from the operational lessons.”

Asked to spell out the solution for the Kashmir issue, Gen. Malik said: ``This is a serious political question that has to be resolved politically rather than militarily.''

Answering another query, he said that minimum deployment of Army in the internal security matters would be good for the Army as well as the country. The State Governments should be better prepared. Asked to comment on the casualty of young Army officers engaged in anti-insurgency operations in Jammu and Kashmir, The gave credit to the junior Army leadership for its performance. He said that the Armymen are there to fight the challenges but pointed towards the number of those killed on the other side as well [1]

These statements of three key Government functionaries not only accept the existence of proxy war by Pakistan against India, but also why it is being fought by Pakistan, the possible impact on India and how India is countering it.

History of Pakistan’s Proxy War in Jammu & Kashmir

For Islamabad, the liberation of Kashmir is a sacred mission, the only task unfulfilled since Muhammad Ali Jinnah's days. Moreover, a crisis in Kashmir constitutes an excellent outlet for the frustration at home, an instrument for the mobilisation of the masses, as well as gaining the support of the Islamist parties and primarily their loyalists in the military and the ISI[4].

Jammu and Kashmir (J&K) was one of the 565 princely states of India on which the British paramountcy lapsed at the stroke of midnight on 15 August 1947. By the terms agreed upon for the partition of the Indian subcontinent between India and Pakistan, the rulers of princely states were given the right to opt for either Pakistan or India or- with certain reservations- to remain independent. The ruler of J & K, Maharaja Hari Singh did not exercise the option to join either of the two dominions, and instead, wanted a Standstill Agreement pending final decision on his state's accession.

OP Gulmarg
Having failed to annexe J & K, Pakistan planned proxy war against the state through Qabailies and Pathans along with Army Personnel in mufti, into the state. The proxy war was planned by Pakistan’s Prime Minister Liaquat Ali Khan and Major-General Akbar Khan, with Mohammad Ali Jinnah’s authorization under code name Operation Gulmarg. Major General Akbar Khan known as Tariq was made the incharge of the operation. Major General Khursheed Anwar ex INA incited the Qabailies as per the plan. According to Sir Hush Brook Williams ex-Foreign Minister Patiala State, the control was in the hands of Major General Akbar Khan. General Qiani and General Haji Akhtiar assisted by 3000 Pakistani regulars. An American, Sergeant Hat Russel was promoted Brigadier and made incharge of one of the contingenets[5]. With the aim of intimidating the population, Pakistan tribesmen were pushed into Kashmir in October 1947.

On 20 October 1947, under the direction and control of Pakistan Army Regulars, thousands of Qabaili Pathans that included Waziris of areas Banu and beyond, Khatak from Kohat, Afridi and Am-Darband of areas around Peshawar, and Gakhar and Kagani of areas of Agror and Tehsir Mansera; were armed, brought from Peshawar to Garhi Habib-Ula, Balakot, Kohala etc.and left like wild dogs on hapless and armless Kashmiris. Khan Abdul Qayyum Khan, Sultan of Boi, who was later made Prime Minister of Azad Kashmir was made incharge of all the administrative arrangements.

The J & K government had No. 4 J & K Infantry to guard against general area Mozaffarbad and No. 6 J & K Infantry in general area Gilgit. The deployment of 4 J & K Infantry was as follows:
SrTroopsDeploymentCommander
1Bn HqsDak Banglow DomelLt Col. Narain Singh Dogra
2A Coy DograDak Banglow Barsala & Ghala BridgeLt. Labh Singh Dogra
3B Coy DograKaren & TithwalCapt. Prithi Singh Dogra
4C Coy MuslimDak Banglow Lohar Gali & 2 Pl RamkotLt. Mohammed Azam Khan
5D Coy MuslimGhori. One Pl at Dub-GaliLt. Mozzaffar Ali Shah
6One Pl DograVillage KotliOne Jemandar
7One PlVillage Bhatika-do-
8One Pl MuslimBridge on Kishan Ganga-do-

The deployment of 6 J & K Infantry was as follows:

SrTroopsDeploymentCommander
1Bn HqsBoonji Cantt.Col Abdul Majid Khan
2A Coy SikhSkardu FortMaj Sher Jang Thapa
3B Coy SikhBoonji Cantt.Captain Baldev Singh
4C Coy MuslimSakardu FortCaptain Ganga Singh
5D Coy MuslimGilgitMaj Mohammad Hassan Khan

The information regarding Qabaili build up came to Gilgit, Gilgit Scouts who were Muslims revolted. The Governor of Gilgit, Ghansara Singh asked CO 6 J & K Col Abdul Majid Khan on phone to send one company to Gilgit for protection. Maj Mohammed Khan was ordered to move on 20 Oct to Gilgit along with D Company. Col Abdul Majid Khan also joined the Company. En route, Major Mohammad Khan revolted along with his troops and arrested CO.

On the night of 21-22 Oct the invaders attacked Jaglot and Partap Bridge the two piquets established by A Company of Sikhs and killed almost all the Sikh soldiers. A few stragglers reached Bn Hqs. and reported the matter to Captain Baldev Singh and the Subedar Major. Captain Baldev Singh Bajwa took B Company for rescue of Partap Ghat. Subedar Major Bostan Khan took advantage of the situation and captured the kot and handed over all the weapons to Muslim soldiers.

The heavy contingents of Qabailies assisted by Subedar Major Bostan Khan and Muslim troops overpowered Capt Baldev singh and the B Company, and Killed or arrested most of the Sikh soldiers.

Meanwhile C Company located at Skardu consisting of Muslim troops also revolted. Pakistan Army joined them. A fight with A Company started in which the Company was overwhelmed and captured. Thus entire Gilgit including Skardu fell to invaders.

On Mozaffarbad front, the report of a large - scale preparation in front of Muzzafarabad was given by the Army Post Commander of 4 J & K Infantry on 21 Oct 1947 to their CO Col Narayan Singh. He sent one Muslim Havildar Qudrat-Ula-Khan for further information. This Havildar deserted and joined Qabailies. He passed information about the deployment of J & K troops to Akbar Khan. Soon after, the ‘C’ Company of 4 J & K Infantry that consisted of Muslim troops too revolted and joined the attackers.

On 22 October, the Qabailies entered Muzaffarabad and created mayhem. They killed the able, captured the disabled and women, looted the houses and shops and put the city on fire. After capturing and destroying Mozaffarbad they advanced towards Domel. The Muslim troops of Hqs at Domel, took control of all arms and ammunition, killed all Sikhs and Dogra troops and helped advancing Qabailies to capture Domel. Same day they captured Kishen Ganga Bridge piquet and on 24 October Bhatika post fell. On 26 October they reached Dub Gali. Only opposition to the advancing Qabilies was from local Sikhs who were settled along Kishen Ganga. They gave good fights at Kotli, Seri, Abhial, Lohar Gali, Radu, Bhatika, Maira Parsacha, Naloochhee, Gali Seri, Tanda, Botha, Khanda, Bandi Jamadaran di, Rada Basnada, Chhattar, Garhi Hattian, Qaumi K, Chakaar, Chakothee, Dardkot and Janki Maira. Fed up of the opposition from these Sikhs they ordered the mass massacre of the Sikh families. At Domel, over 1000 Sikhs were collected and shot. Very heart tearing accounts of the mayhem and the fight by the Sikhs are given in the book ‘Kashmir te Sikh’ by Sarwan Singh Shaktiman[6]. Domel having fallen and both C & D Companies of Muslim troops having joined the raiders, there was no obstruction left for the advancing raiders; thereafter they advanced speedily towards Srinagar.

On the other fronts, the Qabailies attacked, captured, looted, created mayhem and put on fire Baramula on 26 October 1947. Singhpura and Ichhohama were also attacked where local people gave a good fight. Finding the situation out of his control Maharaja Hari Singh reqested a battalion from Maharaja Patiala, but later thinking that this force too may not hold the advancing marauders who by then had closed on to Srinagar airport, Mahraja Hari Singh requested foor Indian Support. India agreed to take on only if the Maharaja signed an instrument of accession which he did on 27 october 1947.
Meanwhile one battalion of Patiala followed by a Brigade from Indian forces arrived at Srnagar airport. Threat to Srinagar and Srinagar airport was immediately removed as the Sikhs from Patiala and Indian forces strarted pushing back Qabailies. They gradually cleared most area upto Baramula and Punchh. The Pakistani forces too reacted resulting into the first Indo Pak war which ended only in 1948 through a UNO brokered ceasefire. As per Part II of the resolution signed on August 13, 1948 by Pakistan and India in the presence of UNO representatives,the {akistan Government agreed to withdraw its troops from J & K as it cinstituted a material change in the situation. Pakistan was also asked to withdraw tribals and Pakistan Nationals. Indian Government was to withdraw bulk of the forces only after withdrawal of Pakistani Forces, tribesmen and other nationals. Pakistan however never met this commitment and kept its forces in Pakistan Occupied Kashmir till date. On the other hand it kept on claiming Indian part of Kashmir as well. For this it not only sent terrorists from time to time but also continued firing weapons and having broder skirmishes till date, the latest being 80 casualities on the day of summit between Vajpayee and Musharaf.

Operation Gibraltar, In 1965, Pakistan again planned a proxy war, through the operation codenamed ‘Gibralter’.[7] At that time the then Pakistan Foreign Minister, Z.A. Bhutto, had, after prolonged consultations with Army commanders, formulated the plan for "Operatian Gibralter" the dreams of Pakistan[8].

Field Marshal Ayub Khan’s effort to achieve what remained undone in 1947 saw five major task forces of specially trained Pakistanis moving into Kashmir in the summer of 1965, under the command of Major-General Akhtar Husain Malik’s headquarters at Murree.

As per the "Operation Gibralter" Pakistan attempted at infiltrating thousands of infiltrators from the so-called Azad Kashmir routes into the Indian border villages. Its aim was that at the time of Pak invasion these infiltrators would terrorise the local people and guide the Pakistani troops.

Pakistan had to face defeat in "Operation Gibralter" because of the courage, bravery and wisdom of the Indian soldiers. The background of this new war strategy was Pakistan's 44 years' of experience and especially its rejection of the advice the Chinese Premier, Chou-En-Lai, had given during the 1965 war against India.

At that time the seeds of separatism had been sown in Kashmir but they had not sprouted yet. The inclination and the mind that were needed for making the "Operation Gibralter" a success was missing among the Kashmiri youth. The base on which the "Operation Gibralter" had been started was not strong. The Indian Army officers shattered Pakistan hopes and Gibraltar too was beaten back, and after Pakistan’s plans to use its troops to initiate a civil uprising failed, After Pakistan’s plans to use its troops to initiate a civil uprising failed, the U.N. brokered a ceasefire. But that too did not last long and the continuing Proxy War again turned into a War known as Indo-Pak War 1965.

In January 1966, under international pressure, Prime Minister Lal Bahadur Shastri and President Ayub Khan signed the Tashkent Agreement, which dealt specifically with the Kashmir issue. Both countries reaffirmed their commitment to “settle their disputes through peaceful means.” They noted, “The interests of the peoples of India and Pakistan were not served by the continuance of tension between the two countries.” “It was against this background,” the Tashkent Agreement reads, “that Jammu and Kashmir was discussed, and each of the sides set forth its respective position.”

In 1966, under international pressure, Prime Minister Lal Bahadur Shastri and President Ayub Khan signed the Tashkent Agreement, which dealt specifically with the Kashmir issue. Both countries reaffirmed their commitment to “settle their disputes through peaceful means.” They noted, “The interests of the peoples of India and Pakistan were not served by the continuance of tension between the two countries.” “It was against this background,” the Tashkent Agreement reads, “that Jammu and Kashmir was discussed, and each of the sides set forth its respective position.”

OP Tupac

The final major bilateral agreement on the future of Kashmir came after Pakistan’s humiliating defeat in the war of 1971. This agreement, signed by Prime Ministers Indira Gandhi and Zulfikar Ali Bhutto on July 3,1972, committed both countries to work for “a final settlement of Jammu and Kashmir.” (See Appendix E). The agreement did not see any specific discussion of how this might come about, but it was mandated that meanwhile “neither side shall unilaterally alter the situation and both shall prevent the organisation, assistance or encouragement of any acts detrimental to the maintenance of peaceful and harmonious relations.”

By some accounts, Indira Gandhi and Zulfikar Ali Bhutoo arrived at an unwritten agreement that the Line of Control in Jammu and Kashmir would be accepted as the border. Bhutto pleaded that he be not compelled to commit this in print, which would have undermined his political standing in Pakistan. Evidence of such a deal is purely circumstantial. Jammu and Kashmir Chief Minister Farooq Abdullah, for instance, recently revealed in a television interview that Bhutto’s personal secretary informed him of it during his 1974 visit to Pakistan.

The humiliation and defeat suffered by Pakistan in 1971 war was a major setback to the national pride of the common man in Pakistan, who up to now had always taken pride in the invincibility of the Pak soldier - a hoax fed to them by several military regimes of Pak to hide administrative lapses on account of their misrule. Against a backdrop of such military disillusionment, political misrule, economic and social cataclysm, and a beleaguered national pride, Gen. Zia Ul Haq charged with vendetta planned another proxy war with Operation Topac Operation Topac was to be conducted over a period of 20 years and in four parts. In part one he had planned to send terrorists to Jammu and Kashmir, create unrest among the general public and fail the civil administration.[9]

Gen. Zia launched a full fledged campaign to destabilize the existing political set up in J & K and foment militancy through active and persistent support to the anti national elements in J & K, morally, materially, politically and even by physical use of its regular troops, though covertly using his Inter Services Intelligence Wing (ISI).

A friendly intelligence agency gave a copy of Zia’s speech delivered at the April conclave to the Indian Intelligence Agencies, a few months after Zia presented Operation Topac before his top Generals, This speech was reproduced in the April-June 1999 issue of the “Indian Defence Review” (IDR) as given below:

“Gentlemen, I have spoken on this subject before, therefore, I will leave out the details. As you know due to our preoccupation in Afghanistan, in the service of Islam, I have not been able to put these before you earlier. Let there be no mistake, however, that our aim remains quite clear and firm – the liberation of the Kashmir Valley - our Muslim Kashmiri brothers cannot be allowed to stay with India for any length of time, now. In the past we had opted for ham handed military options and therefore, failed. So, as I have mentioned before, we will now keep our military option for the last moment as a coup de grace, if and when necessary. Our Kashmiri brethren in the valley, though with us in their hearts and minds, are simple-minded folk and do not easily take to the type of warfare to which, say, a Punjab or an Afghan takes to naturally, against foreign domination. The Kahmiris, however, have a few qualities which we can exploit. First, his shrewdness and intelligence; second, his power to persevere under pressure; and the third, if I may so say, he is a master of political intrigue. If we provide him means through which he can best utilitises these qualities- he will deliver the goods. Sheer brute force is in any case not needed in every type of warfare, especially so in the situation obtaining in the Kashmir Valley, as I have explained earlier.

Here we must adopt these methods of combat which the Kashmiri mind can grasp and cope with – in other words, a coordinated use of moral and physical means, other than military operations, which will destroy the will of the enemy, damage his political capacity and expose him to the world as an aggressor. This aim, Gentlemen, shall be achieved in the initial phases.

In the first phase, which may, if necessary, last a couple of years. We will assist our Kahmiri brethren in getting hold of the power apparatus of the State by political subversion and intrigue. I would like to mention here that as no Government can survive in Occupied Kashmir unless it has the tacit approval of Delhi, it would be unrealistic to believe that the MUF or any such organization can seize power through democratic or other means. In view of this, power must “apparently” remain with those whom New Delhi favours. We must therefore ensure that certain “favoured politicians” from the ruling elite be selected who would collaborate with us in subverting all effective organs of the State. In brief, our plan for Kashmir, which will be codenamed as “Op Topac” will be as follows:

Phase 1: A low-level insurgency against the regime so that it is under siege, but does not collapse as we would not yet want central rule imposed by Delhi.

We plant our chosen men in all the key positions; they will subvert the police forces, financial institutions, the communication network and other important organizations.

We whip up anti-Indian feelings amongst the students and peasants, preferably on some religious issue, so that we can enlist their active support for rioting and anti-government demonstrations.

Organize and train subersive elements and armed groups with capabilities, initially, to deal with para-millitary forces located in the valley.

Adopt and develop means to cut off lines of communication between Jammu and Kahmir and within Kashmir and Ladakh by stealth, without recourse to force. The road over Zojila upto Kargil and the road over Khardungla should receive our special attention.

In collaboration with Sikh extremists, create chaos and terror in Jammu to deliver attention from the valley at a critical juncture and discerdit the regime even in the Hindu mind.

Establish virtual control in those parts of the Kashmir valley where the Indian Army is not located or deployed. The southern Kahmir Valley may be one such region.

Phase 2: Exert maximum pressure on the Siachen, Kargil and Rajauri-Punchh sectors to force the Indian army to deploy reserve formations outside the main Kashmir Valley.

Attack and destroy base depots and HQs located at Srinagar, Pattan, Kupwara, Baramulla, Bandipur and Chowkiwala by covert action at a given time

Some of Afghan Mujahideen by then settled in Azad Kashmir, will then infiltrate in selected pockets with a view to extending areas of our influence. This aspect will require detailed and ingenious planning. The fiasco of Op Gibraltar (1965) holds many lessons for us here.

At a Certain stage of the operations, Punjab and adjacent areas of Jammu and Kashmir will be put under maximum pressure internally by our offensive posture.

Phase 3: Detailed plans for the liberation of Kashmir Valley and establishment of independent Islamic state in the third phase will follow.

We do not have much time. Maximum pressure must be exerted before the general elections in India and before Indian Army reserves, which are still bogged down in Sri Lanka, become available. By the Grace of God, we have managed to accumulate large stocks of modern arms and ammunition from US consignments intended for Afghan Mujahideen. This will help our Kahmiri brethren achieve their goals. Even if we create a kind of “Azad Kashmir” in some remote parts of Occupied Kashmir as a beginning, the next step may not be as difficult as it appears today. On the other hand, it should also be noted that a part of the Indian Army, particularly the Infantry, will be well trained by now for such a situation due to their experience in the Northern-Eastern region and more recently in Sri Lanka. But the situation in Kashmir will be somewhat different; more like the “Intefada” of Palestinians in towns, and on the pattern of the Mujehideen in the countryside to attack hard target. A period of chaos in the State is essential in the circumstances.

And what of our Chinese friends? They can do no more than ensure that Indian forces deployed against them are not moved out: but this may be required only at the last or the third stage of our operations. Of course, if we are in serious trouble, the Chinese and our other powerful friends shall come to our rescue one way or the other. They will ensure if we do not win, at least we don’t lose.

Finally, I wish to caution you once more that it will be disastrous to believe that we can take on India in a straight contest. We must, therefore, be careful and maintain a low military profile so that the Indians do not find an excuse to pre-empt us, by attacking at a time and at appoint their own choosing, at least before phase 1 and 2 of the Operation are over. We must pause and assess the course of operations after each phase, as our strategy and plans may require drastic changes in certain circumstances. I need not emphasize any further than a deliberate and objective assessment of the situation must be ensured at each stage, otherwise a stalemate will follow with no good for Pakistan. Pakistan Paindabad.”

Gen Zia’s death, the eventual political turmoil and Pakistan’s continued involvement in Afghanistan were some of the factors that delayed the implementation of Op Tupac. The Operation started with full steam from 1989 onwards. Around this time, Pakistan military strategists had also prepared blue-print of two more operations: Op Mushtary (Jupiter) and Plan X.

Maj Gen Afsiir Karim (Retd), a much-decorated Indian solider who is also a member of the National Security Council Advisory Board, wrote in IDR that Op Mushtary will commence at a certain stage of ‘Zarb-e-Kamil’ and is likely to take the following form:​
  • Extensive and continued firing including artillery and mortar fire all along the Line of Control.​
  • Attack on Isolated posts on the LoC particularly in remote and difficult areas​
  • Capture of important but less defensible tactical features on the Shamsabari Range, Kargil, Shyok Valley - Saltoro Range and in the Punch-Rajauri sector​
Plan X was prepared to pre-empt a possible Indian military offensive in Pakistan Occupied Kashmir and force an Indian retreat from the Saltoro Crest Line and Siachen Glacier. Plan X also envisaged launching a surprise attack to seize and hold logistics support bases vital for maintenance of troops deployed on the Saltro Crest Line, Siachen and Southern Glaciers.

The IDR (April-June 1999) published as follows the main features of Plan X made available to India by an intelligence agency of a third country:​
  • To achieve surprise, Plan X was to be executed in deep winter, preferably at a time when flights between Thoise (a forward air base of IAF in Ladakh) and the rest of India are unable to operate when the strategic Khardungla is blocked due to heavy snowfall.
  • Capture of forward positions of Partapur garrison astride Siari-Tutuk axis and logistics support bases for Southern Glaciers by infiltration across the LoC
  • Heli-dropping of specially equipped and trained troops east of Partapur Thoise Airfield complex and Siachen Base simultaneously.
  • Interdiction of Khardungla by SSG commandos after blowing up sections of road and important culverts on either side of the pass.
  • Actual concentration of troops and simulation of major attacks at an appropriate time in Dras, Kargil, Gurz, Tangdhar and Punch sectors to tie down Indian reserve formations.
  • Raids and destruction of staging camps and gun position located on the Siachen Glacier. Exert maximum pressure on Indian posts on the crest line from both sides of the LoC,, Capture Sia La on the crest line in the northern Glacier area, if possible.
  • Step up guerilla and terrorist activity, raid airfields and radar facilities in the valley on given code words.
  • Activate major disturbances and widespread rioting in all major towns of Kashmir Valley and Jammu Division.
  • All forces to be prepared and trained to operate for a period of eight days without re-supply or land link-up.
  • Plans for exfiltration of troops in unfavorable circumstances will be prepared but divulged only to a selected few.
ISI

Number of movements were planned by Pakistani ISI and put into operation with an aim to merge Kashmir with Pakistan, independence for Jammu and Kashmir from both India and Pakistan, or the granting of union territory status to Buddhist Ladakh. To contend with these movements, to confront Pakistani forces along the cease-fire line, and to support the administrative structure of the state, the union government of India has maintained a strong military presence in the Indian sector, especially since the end of the 1980s.

India acquired the lion’s share of both territory and population and with them substantial linguistic, ethnic, and religious problems. Pakistan exploited these problems to fomant trouble in the state and with an aim to create general unrest trained Kashmiri youth for creating terror. Pakistani Forces outfit Inter-Service Intelligence has remained very active in training, equipping and directing the youth. As the Kashmiri youth realised the Pakistani game plan, they gradually withdrew and surrendered before Indian authorities in large numbers. ISI made up the shortcoming initially by recruiting youth from PoK and then from rest of Pakistan. Over a period it also recruited number of Muslim mercenaries from all over the world. The latest have been the Talibans and the Saudi militants trained and funded by Osama Ben Laden.

Pakistan has been waging a proxy war against this country for over six decades. This war was initiated in Kashmir in 1947. Later it was extended to Punjab in the 1980s and then gradually to north-east and the rest of India. Pakistan's game plan was to deter India's conventional and nuclear superiority through its own nuclear capability and by tying down two corps of the Indian army in Kashmir. It launched the Kargil aggression in the hope that nuclear deterrence - and the fatigue of the Indian army engaged in prolonged counter-militancy operations - would enable in prolonged counter-militancy operations - would enable Pakistan to seize the Kargil heights before the Zojila pass opened, as happens normally in June. A quirk in the weather and the opening of the pass a month earlier than expected frustrated Pakistan's designs. .[10]

By 1984, Pakistan had gained considerable expertise in launching covert operations due to her role in the civil war in Afghanistan. Training of Kashmiris and supply of suitable weapons to start a proxy war in J&K was planned. Initially, psychological warfare was launched with the aim of creating a climate for sponsoring terrorism preceded by a virulent anti India campaign. Fundamentalism was injected in lethal doses over a period of time. Indoctrination and training of selected leaders was organised in Pakistan Occupied Kashmir (POK), to create militant cadres, while political Pakistani agents within the valley fomented unrest. Loyalties of local police and government servants were subverted systematically, and specially trained groups organised anti-government and anti Indian agitation. They also engineered incidents to provoke the authorities to take strong action against the local population, as bringing about alienation of the local population was their main aim.

Sponsered Terrorism

The next phase was 'sponsored terrorism'- planned, supported and inspired from across the border by Pakistan. This phase opened with bomb blasts, kidnappings, assassinations, arson and violent demonstrations. This Pak sponsored insurgency was a low cost, long-term option to internationalise the J&K issue and this could create a no-win situation for the Indian armed forces, while Pakistan watched from a safe distance. Thus, Gen. Zia had launched a 'proxy war' against India, with far reaching political and strategic aims.

By 1988, the secessionists with a clear-cut pro Pakistan bias had emerged in the Valley. A violent movement took roots as a result of which the state administration was totally subverted by fundamentalist organisations. Pakistan was able to organise training camps for Kashmiri youth to impart training in terrorist activities, and continued to pour weapons and ammunition along with militants into J&K to sustain the proxy war.

The end of 1989 saw militancy in its full flow in Kashmir valley. Various fundamentalist Islamic organisations with fancy Arabic names had proliferated and the political process atrophied in Kashmir. An organised phase of assassinations, kidnappings, murders and looting had started in J & K. At the pinnacle of militancy and to signify the virtual collapse of government machinery, Dr Rubaiya Sayeed, the daughter of the Union Home Minister of India was kidnapped and the release of some dreaded militants demanded in return, as a bargain. Selective killing of Hindus was carried out, to drive out the minority community from Kashmir. Crisis situations like that of Hazratbal shrine and the tragedy of Chrar-e-Sharif were precipitated by the militants with a view to challenge the authority of the Government of India and to further alienate the Muslim population from the rest of the country. To draw international attention and seek third party intervention on the J&K issue, even foreign tourists were not spared. In July 1995, ten foreign tourists were abducted from Pahalgam by the militant outfit, Al Faran. Only four, including three women, were released by them, one managed to escape later, a Norwegian tourist was beheaded and four disappeared forever.

In an environment of near cataclysm, the Indian Government invoked 'The J&K Disturbed Areas Act 1990' and 'The Armed Forces (J&K) Special Powers Ordinance Act 1990'. With additional powers bestowed upon them, the security forces, which were thus far operating with their hands tied to their backs, became effective and soon had the militants on the run.

Kargil War
With relentless effort and sacrifices the security forces considerably improved the situation in the Valley. However, Pak trained militants along with weapons continue to pour from Pakistan. Militants hold a sophisticated inventory of weapons to include sniper rifles, rocket launchers, Pika guns (which can also be used as anti-aircraft guns), mortars, and the latest model of AK series rifles, machine guns and revolvers/pistols.

Unlike in the past, militant groups later began to avoid engaging security forces directly. However, they carried out selective killing of innocent civilians; those who were moderates and did not support their nefarious designs. Notwithstanding this, the situation returned to near normal. Elections to the parliament and state assembly were held peacefully in 1996 and again in 1998. In order to divest centralised control and to encourage mass participation of people in self-government, elections to the Village Development Councils (Panchayati Raj) were held relatively peacefully. With improvement in the situation, touristsh once again begun to throng the Kashmir Valley (popularly referred to as the queen of hill stations) in large numbers. In 1998, 1,50,000 tourists from all over the world had visited Kashmir, With the onset of 1999, a surge in tourist activity begun and beholding a promise of economic prosperity and development to the common man in Kashmir.

Following these developments came the proposal of voluntary cease-fire announced by India which was later extended four times. The terrorists primarily Pakistani outfits LeT and Hizzub considered it as India’s weakness and stepped up their activities. India’s effort to involve Hurriyat, a group of parties claiming to be political wings of the terrorists, did not materialize, as Hurriyat was more keen to make Pakistan a party than to solve its problem. Despite Mr. Pant having been appointed as chief negotiator by the Indian Government, Hurriyat never tried to or wanted to enter into direct dialogue. Facing a roadblock from the Hurriyat side, India thought it better to have direct talks with Pakistan. Accordingly, the Cheif Executive Gen Musharraf was invited by India for talks on 14-15 July 2001. This gave Gen. Musharraf a direct advantage. His position was not only secured and accepted but further eleveated as he managed to take over as the President of Pakistan himself. [11] The results of the dialogue between Shri Atal Bihari Vajpayee, the Prime Minister of India and President Musharraf too were the same as were of earlier dialogues.

India and Pakistan agreed after each war to mutually settle the Kashmir problem through dialogue but the dialogue has never succeeded to achieve the desired results due to the political compulsions on both the sides. India acquired the lion’s share of both territory and population and with them substantial linguistic, ethnic, and religious problems. Pakistan exploited these problems to formant trouble in the state and with an aim to create general unrest trained Kashmiri youth for creating terror. Pakistani Forces outfit Inter-Service Intelligence has remained very active in training, equipping and directing the youth. As the Kashmiri youth realised the Pakistani game plan, they gradually withdrew and surrendered before Indian authorities in large numbers. ISI made up the shortcoming initially by recruiting youth from PoK and then from rest of Pakistan. Over a period it also recruited number of Muslim mercenaries from all over the world. The latest have been the Talibans and the Saudi militants trained and funded by Assam Ben Laden.
Despite the timely intelligence provided by a friendly country, there was no political will from the successive governments to take Pakistan head on and try to nip the problem in the bud. The Pakistani audacity and resolve was apparent from the fact that Op Topac was prepared a year after India had flexed its military muscle in the famous Operation Brass Tacks of 1987.

The architect of that defeat, General Pervez Musharraf is still not willing to learn the lessons of the setbacks Pakistan suffered in 1948, 1965, 1971 and 1999. Indeed, since General Pervez Musharraf is unlikely to succeed in setting things right domestically in Pakistan, his hope is to demonstrate some spectacular achievement in the proxy war in Kashmir. Unfortunately, successive Indian governments have tended to treat this proxy war as a law and order problem in which the army merely extends `aid to civil power'. The unified command in Kashmir is not a truly integrated command appropriate to fight the Pakistani plan. Upgrading and equipping the paramilitary forces take on the responsibility of fighting the proxy war - with the army providing back up support - has not so far been tried.

Only in the high-level government conference on Kashmir on January 17 has a move in this direction been made. In spite of all the fanfare, however, Monday's decisions do not meet the requirements of the situation. What is needed in Kashmir is a totally unified command, under an army general, with all forces totally integrated and intelligence performing an operational role as part of the counter-proxy war campaign under that command. The Indian political and administrative culture appears to inhibit efficient team-work and coordination. Punjab proved what works in India is single line structure. There has been too much of turf fighting and oneupmanship in Kashmir among the different agencies. The Central Government has tended to pass the buck on to the army, without giving it the necessary capability to fight effectively The January 17 decisions are merely improvisations and fall far short of a total rethinking on the most effective command structure and force composition needed to fight the proxy war. Necessary though these changes in the military approach to the problem are, the government must also accompany them with some fresh thinking on the political front. The present upsurge in militancy may be directed by Pakistan but the myopic approach of the Abdullah government in Kashmir is not helping matters either. If it is interested in a permanent solution, the Centre must take the lead in liberating Kashmir from the clutches of dynastic politics. It should also assume the responsibility of reviving a normal political process, not excluding the release of some of the imprisoned dissident leaders.[12]

Continuity of Proxy War After Kargil

Since Pakistan-sponsored militancy first erupted in the Kashmir Valley in 1989-90 and cries of azadi (independence) rent the air, the pendulum of public opinion in Kashmir has swung away from thoughts of jehad to more mundane 'bread and butter' issues. While the security situation in Kashmir Valley has improved considerably, Pakistan is now endeavouring to spread the cult of militancy and terrorism to new areas south of the Pir Panjal range in the Jammu region, so as to create an ethnic and sectarian divide and trigger a communal backlash. Pakistan's increasing frustration and desperation can be gauged from the number of incidents of terrorism that its mercenary agents have been perpetrating since the situation in Kashmir Valley began to slip out of control in 1997-98. Pakistan's aim is clearly to de-stabilise India by all possible means. A protracted 'proxy war' and sustained political and diplomatic offensives, are part of a well-crafted strategy to keep India engaged in internal squabbles and impose a heavy burden on the Indian economy. Pakistan has achieved considerable success in projecting the Jammu and Kashmir (J&K) issue as an international 'flashpoint'.

Pakistan also aims to ensure that the Indian Army and Central Para-Military Forces (CPMFs) remain increasingly engaged in counter-insurgency/internal security operations in J&K and the north-eastern states, so as to degrade India's superiority in conventional combat through a process of strategic fatigue. While ensuring that violence in the ongoing low intensity conflict is maintained at a low level so that it does not lead to a conventional war (that is, it does not cross India's perceived threshold of tolerance), Pakistan can be expected to continue to develop its nuclear and missile capabilities to match Indian capabilities in these fields. Pakistan hopes that such capabilities would further deter India from resorting to conventional conflict to resolve the Kashmir issue.

The Indian Government, on the other hand, has exhibited remarkable restraint in the face of grave provocation. It is now engaged in taking stock of the emerging developments to evolve a co-ordinated civil and military 'action plan' to ensure that the initiative does not remain with Pakistan and that India is able to safeguard its national security and territorial integrity, as well as, eventually root out militancy from J&K and other parts of India. Though military operations against the Pakistan-sponsored militants and terrorists have been extremely successful, the nation has paid a heavy price in terms of civilian and military casualties. The economic costs have also been staggering and obviously cannot be sustained indefinitely. It is imperative that the impact of the various complexities and nuances of the J&K issue is carefully evaluated so that pragmatic decisions can be made to resolve it expeditiously.

These plans can be outlined as under:-
Part I
1 Send Terrorists to Kashmir Valley
2. Create general unrest in the Valley
3. Fail Civil Administration
Part II
Commit Indian troops away from Kashmir Valley
Part III
Large scale infiltration into Kashmir Valley, cut off Kashmir Valley from rest of India and then merge with India.
Part IV
If needed Military action as a coup de grace.

This proxy war to separate Kashmir from India was to be carried out in four stages:-

Alienation of the Kashmiri Muslims from India and to wean them away towards Pakistan, through negative propaganda war and internationalising Kashmir problem to create world opinion in Pakistan’s favour.

Wearing away India through continuous unrest through militancy and terrorism, employing Indian troops for a prolonged period of time in guerrilla warfare and clandestine operations in Kashmir and throughout India through ISI to weaken Indian economy and causing general unrest all over India.

Infiltration of Pakistani troops to actively aid and assist the Militants in the physical separation of Kashmir.

Drawing India into a limited war in case all efforts fail making use the offices of long term allies U.S.A., China and Saudi Arabia to tilt the balance in his favour.
Steps planned by Pakistan to meet these objectives can be covered under the following headings:
Information Compaign
ISI activities
Militancy
Infiltration
War


These developments are discussed in succeeding chapters


[1] PTI,
[2] The Tribune, 14 August 2000
[3] The Tribune, July 22, 2000.
[4] Yossef Bodansky (Director of the US Congress Task Force on Terrorism and Unconventional Warfare), "Pakistan's Kashmir Strategy", from the monograph entitled "Pakistan, Kashmir & the Trans-Asian Axis" (Houston, Texas: Freeman Centre for Strategic Studies, Summer 1995).
[5] Political Conspiracies in Pakistan, P.39-43.
[6] Sarwan Singh Shaktiman, Kashmir te Sikh, Punjabi, Patiala, 1995.
[7] As the saboteurs in the first instance had not produced the desired results, our Government decided to set in motion the second option -- to launch guerrillas into Indian-held Kashmir. This decision was taken in May 1965 soon after the Kutch skirmish. The guerrilla operation was named Gibralter and another operation supplementary to it was called Grandslam..."-- Lt. General Gul Hassan Khan, former Commander-in-Chief of the Pakistan Army in his Memoirs.
[8] Navbharat Times Jan 17, 1970.
[9] The Tribune, Saturday, June 26,1999
[10] The Times of India, Clarity on Kashmir, 19 January 2000.
[11] India Today, July 16, 2001, Cover Story: Indo-Pak Special : One-Sided Encounter
[12] The Times of India, Clarity on Kashmir, 19 January 2000.
 

Dalvinder Singh Grewal

Writer
Historian
SPNer
Jan 3, 2010
1,380
427
80
Chapter V
INFORMATION COMPAIGN

  1. Disinformation compaign
  2. Diplomatic compaign
Disinformation Compaign

Operation Topac was a very well conceived, planned and systematic operation against India in which the proxy war was an all our war in all front except in the front. The most vicious compaign was lauched through propaganda against India in every form.. This propaganda was needed not only to belittle India in the world eye but also to project India as a country committing atrocities against Kashmiris to retain them by force. Pakistan also needed diversion of world attention from its overt or covert activities in Kashmir and for concealing them at the very outset. Many organisations were set up for launching this propaganda and the strings of the entire propaganda machinery have been kept in the hands of the ISI. According to the data collected by Ram Bahadur Rai, these organisations, inspired by Pakistan, organised 29 demonstrations in America, Britain and in front of the UN headquarters. As many as 2237 Kashmiri Muslims and Pakistanis participated in these demonstrations. In order to rake up the Kashmir issue the Government engineered 75 demonstrations in Pakistan. One such demonstration was held in Rawalpindi in which the JKLF Chief, Amanullah Khan, delivered a speech. In the Lahore demonstration Newaz Sharief incited people.

Organisations active in foreign countries are actually a top in the hands of the ISI which dance at the tune of this intelligence agency. There are seven such organisations active in America and nine organisations are being run in Britain with the help of Pakistan High Commission in London. The Government of India has received proof of it. These organisations have staged demonstrations in front of the UN headquarters, India House in London and in front of the office of the American President. In a way Pakistan has accepted its interference in Kashmir by launching anti-India propaganda in foreign countries with Kashmir policy as the base. Whatever issues are used for this propaganda, the desire of the people of Kashmir for liberation is being given emphasis. The Foreign Ministry in Pakistan keeps on playing up the theme of anarchy in Kashmir where it is said militants hold the sway. The Ministry keeps on repeating that Jammu and Kashmir was never a part of India, the Indian Army is committing atrocities on the militants, India's charge that Pakistan is interfering in Kashmir is false and India is hatching a conspiracy in Kashmir.

In this context the Amir of Jamait-e-Islami of Pakistan Qazi Hussain, tried to give Islamic tinge to the Kashmir problem by writing letters to the Government of Muslim countries, two years ago. A delegation under the leadership of the same leader toured Saudi Arab, Turkey, Egypt, Sudan, Qatar, Kuwait and the UAE where it supported independence for Kashmir. During a meeting with the Secretary General Muslim League in Saudi Arabia and with other Ulemas the delegation members presented false details about the alleged excesses of the Indian Army on Kashmiris. Pakistan had borne all the expenses of this delegation for Islamisation of Kashmir on the basis of self-determination of Kashmiris.

Pakistan took support for its anti-India propaganda from the writings and statements of the so-called secular intellectuals who had carried out their mental exercise in investigating into the "Army's excesses in Kashmir". A book published by the Human Rights body has carried articles from V.M. Tarkunde, M. Masani and Nikhil Chakravarti. All the three have contributed to the disinformation campaign launched by Pakistan by their "valuable" opinions. The Foreign Affairs Office of Pakistan has made this book as a strong base for its propaganda. The UN Human Rights, Commission organised its 47th convention in Geneva in which Pakistani representative, M.M. Jaffar, delivered a speech on the alleged atrocities of India in Kashmir.

In 1990 the then Pakistan Prime Minister, Ms Benazir Bhutto, toured the eight member states of Organisation of Islamic Conference including Damascus, Ankara, Oman, Tunisia and Cairo where she pleaded for help from Muslim countries to Pakistan regarding Kashmir in the name of Islam. On April 26, 1990 Pakistan Foreign Minister, Sahibzada Yaqub Khan submitted a letter to the President UN Security Council in which he had accused India and the Indian Army of violation of human rights in Kashmir. Pakistan had sought support from the reports of five organisations in order to give credence to the allegations. These organisations are the Committee for Initiative on Kashmir, Peoples' Union for Civil Liberties, Citizens for Democracy, Radical Humanist Association and Human Unity Campaign.

The above facts reveal that Pakistan not only indulged in direct interference but also launched its poisonous anti-India campaign in a systematic way on the international level. Some organisations of the so called secular intellectuals and lovers of humanity in India too supplemented the disinformation campaign launched by Pakistan. The then Governor, Jagmohan, has given an account of the partisan role of one among such much talked about organisations, the Committee for initiative on Kashrnir.

According to Mr. Jagmohan, the Committee deliberately did not condemn the killing of innocent people by the terrorists. On the contrary, it holds the paramilitary forces guilty who had only two options, either to get killed or fire in self-defence and chase the criminals for nabbing them. There can be no other harmful way for demoralising the security forces than adopt a partisan role and test them on the touchstone of concocted details of the agents of terrorists. The Committee listened to the one-sided and exaggerated details of an incident of an Assistant Engineer but it has no time to listen to the wails and woes of the relations of that BSF young doctor whose body had been ridden with bullets when he was going to treat the injured on both the sides. Out of anger the Committee concealed all the human facts on the basis of which Jagmohan had formulated his policies. And this was done only to denigrate the Governor's rule and give it a demonic shape. It totally ignored the statements of Jagmohan connected with his humane approach and policies and his Radio and Television broadcasts and telecasts, letters and statements in which stress had been given for unity and co-operation. But history, according to Jagmohan, does not sit in the lap of these manipulators for long. The truth exposed the falsehood and the guilty either gets lost in nothingness or gets buried under the heap of falsehood. The Committee thought it proper to prepare a base for Pakistan's disinformation campaign in order to simply oppose Jagmohan by twisting the facts and by giving a bad name to the Army. Pakistan repeated the report of the Committee in all world fora.

Operation Topac was put into effect during Gen Zia’s time itself. The internationalising of Kashmir through diplomatic channels and the U.N.O. did not succeed. The Muslim Nations supported the Kashmiri cause but not with that force that they could enforce the U.N.O resolution as the Simla Agreement always acted as hurdle for them. Even U.S.A. and China, eager to dismember India further, could not come out openly to support Pakistan. On the other hand, Pakistan ISI was heavily funded to carry out clandestine operations in Kashmir. It initially started with a mass scale propaganda and spread of hatred between religious compaign and partially succeeded in alienation of Kashmiri Muslims. However, Kashmiris never came out openly in favour of Pakistan. Instead the Kashmiri Muslim leaders started demanding united Independent Kashmir which was not in favour of Pakistan. Pakistan feared that PoK may also be affected in this milieu hence did not press harder in this direction.

Massive scale clandestine operations by Pakistan Intelligence agency ISI have born fruit in some respect. The insurgency in Punjab, North-East and Tamil-Nadu created hard core militants had a heavy toll both in national economy and unity of Indians, causing alienation among minorities and at times the Defence Services too earned a bad name affecting the morale of the troops. A small band of ISI operatives have been able to tie up large number of defence forces for over 20 years now. This “low-cost-option” of Pakistan has cost India very dear. In Kashmir they have been more successful. The turning of shy Kashmiris to hard core militants is a great achievement on the part of India. Pakistan's ISI-sponsored Foreign Mercenaries remained very active throughout. A list of foreign mercenaries on the payroll of Pak ISI, killed in Kashmir between 01 Apr 99 and 30 Jun 99 is given at appendix…… These unfortunate individuals were treading the path of violence at the behest of an unscrupulous Pak ISI and the Pak Army with vested interests. It is indeed tragic that these victims, indoctrinated by their mentors on far-fetched and misplaced realities and lured by monetary incentives, met their inevitable doom.

Further unlike Punjab, militancy has survived effectively in Kashmir. Militant outfits like Harkat-ul-Ansar and Lashkar-e-Toiba were so effectively co-ordinated and conducted by ISI with Pakistan Army that India could not realise that their marrying up with Pakistan Army would be so disastrous.

“The intrusion into Kargil was palanned 12 years ago but was dropped twice before Pakistan Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif permitted its execution in Jan-February 1999.” Writes Mr. Altaf Gauhar, the once powerful Information Seecretary to then President Ayub Khan in the 1960s in The Nation.[1] He further wrote: “All Pakistani operations against India are conceived and launched on the basis of one assumption that the Indians are too cowardly and ill-organised to offer any effective military response which could pose a threat to Pakistan.”

According to him, the 1947-48, 1965 and the 1971 wars started on this assumption and so was the Kargil intrusion which he says was authorised by Gen. Zia-ul Haq in 1987. However at the final War Committee meeting at which Gen Zia was to approve it, the then Foreign Minister Gen Sahibzada Yaqoob Khan (retd) opposed it on the plea that as a former General he knew that the posts were totally covered with snow almost throughout the year and it would be extremely difficult to have communication with them and meet their day-to-day needs. He said some soldiers had died their bodies remained untraced so far.

Secondly, he said, as the Foreign Minister he would find it exteremely difficult to justify Pak military action. According to Mr. Altaf Gauhar, Gen Zia was impressed by this assessment and therefore he decided to shelve this plan. But last year this plan was revived and put up before Mr. Nawaz Sharif, but the then Army Chief Gen. Jehangir Karamat was not willing to bite it and it was for this reason that he was asked to resign in October last year.

Mr. Gauhar further writes that the same plan was put up before Mr. Sharif this year assuring him that Indians were totally unaware of the strategy and they would not be able to offer any response to Pakistan’s offensive. Through this operation, he was told that he would have a military victory to his credit after his courageous decision to go in for a nuclear bomb despite international pressure, Mr. Gauhar wrote.

Pakistan Press: Zamir Niazi’s books: 'The Press in Chains,' 'The Press Under Siege,' and 'The Web of Censorship’ provides a good insight into state of press in Pakistan. Pakistan has been in the grip of military commanders since 50s. The first casualty of military regimes was the press. The generals never wanted a word against them to appear in the press. The frequent and prolonged military created a pattern of controlled press. It now is so tightly controlled that press cannot say anything against the wishes of the government. Any diversion is strictly curbed. This produced a group of true military loyalists among the press who assisted the military to keep the tilt.

To emphasize their super-loyalty to their masters they adopted stereotype measures such as the nationalization of newspapers, promulgation of oppressive ordinances, imposition of black laws, planting of informers in press offices, retaining columnists and letters-to-the-editor-writers (the count today is 80), purchasing journalists (commonly known as 'lifafas'), purchasing editors and thus control of a publication. The unpurchasables are harassed and persecuted in various ways, one favourite being the filing of false cases against them. In Punjab the current saying is 'Kharido nahi te kaso' (if you cannot buy, beat)..' What he has recorded has never been contradicted.

A corps maximum harm done by our weavers of lies is the bolstering of our leaders' euphoria by convincing them that they are the be-all and end-all, the state embodied. They encourage these megalomaniacs to destroy, to rob, even to maim and murder.

Gradually a ‘his master’s voice’ press corps grew which not only helped control of the press but also created euophorias as per the requirements of their bosses. In an article in Dawn of Karachi, Ardeshir Cowasjee gave the names of some them as Altaf Gauhar (Ayub), Maulana Kausar Niazi and Nasim Ahmed (Bhutto), Lieutenant-General Mujibur Rahman (Zia), Husain Haqqani (Nawaz I and Benazir II), and now Mushahid Hussain. He called them as weaver of lies.

Altaf, a civil servant, in the service of Ayub Khan, dealt with his master's challenger, Zulfikar Ali Bhutto, so nastily that one of the first things that Bhutto did when he managed to grab power was to arrest Altaf on the charge of possessing an old copy of 'Playboy,' a forged passport, and half a bottle of whisky. He was unduly harassed for months on end.

The Maulana was used by Bhutto to appease and pacify his brethren, the maulanas and maulvis. He bought and sold. He was most useful when the Arab Sheikhs visited. He made their stays comfortable, provided them with the recreation they sought, and conversed with them in their own language. Maulana Sahib was a relatively poor man when he joined Zulfikar, but when he left office he had managed to amass a small fortune.

Nasim Ahmed was a proficient flatterer, good at buttering up those that needed verbal buttering. He also constantly sought approbation. On one of my Islamabad visits, he invited me to a party he hosted in honour of local, foreign, and visiting journalists. Taking me aside, he asked how I thought he was doing, how I rated his performance. Keeping a straight face, I told him he was doing brilliantly. Happy to hear it, he beckoned some of those around us to join us. Come and listen to this, he told them. This man is no flatterer, hear what he has to say about me. And he handed the floor to me.

Brilliant, yes, I said to Nasim. You have welded the nation into one. No one, just no one, believes one word uttered on PTV or on Radio Pakistan, or printed in one of the government newspapers, or uttered in public by Bhutto. Infuriated, he addressed me in Urdu. I had no business to say what I had said in the presence of foreign journalists. It was traitorous. I had ridiculed the state. Soon after this incident I was arrested without any charge, sent to jail for 72 days, and released still not knowing why I had been arrested. There was some speculation by men who had been at Nasim's party that I had to be taught a lesson for my 'traitorous' utterances.

Mujibur Rahman was a good harasser of publications that displeased his master Zia. 'Musawat,' the PPP mouthpiece, was his particular target. He had 140 newspaper men arrested and jailed, including Nisar Osmani and Mazhar Ali Khan. He also encouraged Zia to change the penal code, making the writing of truth an offence.

After Zia's heavenly flight, democracy was reborn in Pakistan and we had Tweedledum and Tweedledee, Benazir Bhutto and Nawaz Sharif alternating at the top, both adding to our woes. During Nawaz I and Benazir II the most prominent weaver and damage-doer was Husain Haqqani. From 1988 to 1990, Hussain was Punjab Chief Minister Nawaz Sharif's special assistant, becoming his press assistant when Nawaz became prime minister in 1990, until in 1992 he was sent off to Sri Lanka as high commissioner. As soon as Nawaz was forced to step down, Husain joined Benazir's camp and from 1993 to 1994 was Secretary to the ministry of information and broadcasting, until Benazir also shunted him out to head the House Building Finance Corporation.

Husain was born and schooled in Karachi, went to Karachi University where he was a Jamaat student leader. He then became a professional journalist and for some years was with the 'Far Eastern Economic Review,' both in Hong Kong and here in Pakistan, until he was picked up by Nawaz. After his experiences with both 'leaders' he claims he is a chastened man, who has learnt a lot and who now recognizes both as being marginally as bad as each other. He writes columns for various newspapers, both in English and in Urdu and all largely critical of this government. He has formed his own political party, the Urban Democratic Front. He considers himself capable, with the necessary help, of climbing up the greasy pole and leading the 140 millions to glory.

Brittle and paranoiad as it is, this government for some mad reason considers Haqqani to be a threat, possibly because it thinks he has armed himself with copies of compromising documents picked up during his days of officialdom. He is now tied to the rack. The government has not denied that its dirty-tricks brigade kidnapped him in the middle of the night, had him beaten up, kept in solitary confinement, initially incommunicado, but now under judicial custody in a safe house near the Rawal Lake. His cuts and bruises have been brought on record, his bail applications have been rejected. Ostensibly he has been charged with corruption, embezzlement, and the squandering of government wealth. Could he even remotely have squandered one-hundreth of what has been squandered by Benazir or Nawaz?

Governments in our country are known to be vicious and Husain can expect little help from our 'independent judiciary,' many members of which are ignorant of the value and importance of liberty, of the fact that a writ of habeas corpus cannot be rejected, and that every man is due his rights. If there is an understanding judge around, who has suo motu powers, he should help, give him bail and get him out. Mushahid Hussain claims to be a profoundly educated man, but his association with Nawaz Sharif seems to have washed away all his qualifications. He is responsible for Haqqani's predicament and for all the troubles faced by Najam Sethi. The government has also not denied that Sethi was abducted in the middle of the night by its dirty-tricks men, beaten up and kept in solitary confinement. He at least has been released, without any charges having been made against him as none could be proved. Now free, he has been banned from leaving the country and is facing 28 income tax cases. The systematic income-tax-cases harassment is a hangover from the Bhutto days. Sethi would do well to refer to the White Papers compiled by Burney, 'Misuse of the Instruments of State Power' and 'Misuse of the Media.' With this vicious government, Najam may suffer. All we can do is to stand by him and help as much as we can.

One of the worst mistakes {censored}y Mushahid has made is to have sought to stand trial in the BBC televized court of 'Hard Talk'. He cut a sorry figure in front of his griller, Tim Sebastian, and managed to successfully disgrace our nation. We have him on tape, and this is one tape he will never be able to claim is doctored.

In the service of his master, he makes a pretence of believing what the world does not believe about the present Kashmir situation. His performance may have made us lose whatever residual sympathy we had from a few quarters in the world. Mushahid further disgraced our judiciary with the lies he told about the storming of the Supreme Court. He told the world that the Chief Justice of Pakistan, Sajjad Ali Shah, was not sacked by his government but by his fellow judges. He omitted to say what the government's role was in this affair.

Having done such a tremendous job on 'Hard Talk,' we can only hope and expect that in appreciation of his service to the nation, his tool, the valiant PTV, will show to the people how well its wielder performed. .[2]
If we see the results of disinformation compaign and the covert operations planned, it is obvious that Pakistan has succeeded in many fronts though it failed in some.
Pakistan has been effective in keeping Kashmir in international focus for over 50 years now. India who once refused to accept Kashmir in the bilateral agenda for talks, accepted Kashmir as an issue for talks between India and Pakistan during the Vajpayee-Musharraf summit in July 2001.
  1. Pakistan has also been successful in highlighting the so called atricities of Indian troops and India’s bad intentions against Kashmir, while hiding its own terrorist activities and actively organizing and abating terrorism against India.​
  2. Its ISI activities have successfully spread all over India and a demon has been created which has caused some fears in indian’s mind.​
  3. Indian troops have been kept heavily engaged in Kashmir, thereby tiring them up, and diverting their attention from training and preparations for any future operations.​
  4. The loss of these operations have been extensive on all fronts; political, strategic, military, financial and human.​










[1] The Tribune, Monday, Sept 13, 1999, p.20
[2] www.dawn.com/weekly/cowas/cowas.htm
 

Dalvinder Singh Grewal

Writer
Historian
SPNer
Jan 3, 2010
1,380
427
80
CHAPTER VI

ISI
  1. Organisation
  2. Aims & Objectives
  3. Modus Operandi
  4. Funding System
  5. Role in India
  6. Role in Kashmir
  7. Analysis
Organisation

Inter-Services Intelligence of Pakistan known as ISI is the most active covert as well overt agency of the world. ISI is an intelligence agency of the Defence Forces of Pakistan. The Directorate for Inter-Services Intelligence [ISI] was founded in 1948 by a British army officer, Maj Gen R Cawthome, then Deputy Chief of Staff in Pakistan Army. Field Marshal Ayub Khan, the president of Pakistan in the 1950s, expanded the role of ISI in safeguarding Pakistan's interests, monitoring opposition politicians and sustaining military rule in Pakistan.

The Joint Chiefs of Staff Committee deals with all problems bearing on the military aspects of state security and is charged with integrating and coordinating the three services. Affiliated with the committee are the offices of the engineer in chief, the director general of medical service, the Director of Inter-Services Public Relations, and the Director of Inter-Services Intelligence who is incharge of ISI.

Staffed by hundreds of civilian and military officers and thousands of other workers, the agency's headquarters is located in Islamabad. The ISI reportedly has a total of about 10,000 officers and staff members, a number which does not include informants and assets. It is reportedly organized into between six and eight divisions:​
  • Joint Intelligence X (JIX) serves as the secretariat which co-ordinates and provides administrative support to the other ISI wings and field organisations. It also prepares intelligence estimates and threat assessments.​
  • The Joint Intelligence Bureau (JIB), responsible for political intelligence, was the most powerful component of the organisation during the late 1980s. The JIB consists of three subsections, with one subsection devoted to operations against India.​
  • The Joint Counter Intelligence Bureau (JCIB) is responsible for field surveillance of Pakistani diplomats stationed abroad, as well as for conducting intelligence operations in the Middle East, South Asia, China, Afghanistan and the Muslim republics of the former Soviet Union.​
  • Joint Intelligence / North (JIN) is responsible for Jammu and Kashmir operations, including infiltration, exfilteration, propaganda and other clandestine operations.​
  • Joint Intelligence Miscellaneous (JIM) conducts espionage in foreign countries, including offensive intelligence operations.​
  • The Joint Signal Intelligence Bureau (JSIB), which includes Deputy Directors for Wireless, Monitoring and Photos, operates a chain of signals intelligence collection stations along the border with India, and provide communication support to militants operating in Kashmir.​
  • Joint Intelligence Technical [1]
In addition to these main elements, ISI also includes a separate explosives section and a chemical warfare section. Published reports provide contradictory indications as to the relative size of these organizational elements, suggesting that either JIX is the largest, or that the Joint Intelligence Bureau is the lrgest with some sixty percent of the total staff. The Bank of Credit and Commerce International (BCCI) is the ISI's main international financial vehicle.

Aims & Objectives

The ISI is tasked with collection of foreign and domestic intelligence; co-ordination of intelligence functions of the three military services; surveillance over its cadre, foreigners, the media, politically active segments of Pakistani society, diplomats of other countries accredited to Pakistan and Pakistani diplomats serving outside the country; the interception and monitoring of communications; and the conduct of covert offensive operations.

The Directorate for Inter-Services Intelligence is of particular importance at the joint services level. The directorate's importance derives from the fact that the agency is charged with managing covert operations outside of Pakistan -- whether in Afghanistan, Kashmir, or farther afield. The ISI supplies weapons, training, advice and planning assistance to terrorists in Punjab and Kashmir, as well as the separatist movements in the Northeast frontier areas of India.

Modes Operandi:[2]

In the early 1990s, when local recruits were not hard to motivate, the ISI relied on Pakistan trained militants (PTMs) for organising ambushes of security forces convoys and patrols (using AK-47s and machine guns). PTMs were also employed for executing hit-and-run raids on the Central Police Organisations (CPOs) bunkers and pickets inside urban areas (for which hand grenades and rocket propelled grenades were used). For low-risk tasks such as the planting of anti-personnel land mines and improvised explosive devices (IEDs) and to act as couriers of arms, ammunition and messages, locally trained militants (LTMs) wre generally employed. The ISI had declared 1994 as the year of 'barood' (explosives). Though a fairly large measure of autonomy was given to the area and district commanders of militant outfits such as Hizbul Mujahideen (HM), the Jammu and Kashmir Liberation Front (JKLF) and Harkat ul Ansar (HUM—banned as a terrorist organisation by the US State Department) to conduct operations, overall control was retained by the ISI as it held the purse strings and was the single largest source of supplies of arms and ammunition. Orders to the various outfits used to be relayed over a clandestine radio station located in POK. However, the Kalashnikov culture that swept Kashmir Valley soon extracted a predictable toll. The power of the gun gradually corrupted the PTMs and they soon began to indulge in extortion, loot, rape and murder for petty jealousies.

Operations Conducted

After its steller role in creating, training, motivating, inducting, guiding and assisting Taliban in recapture of Afghanistan successfully, the top agenda of this agency remains dismemberment of India to revenge creation of Bangladesh.. Separation of Kashmir from India is its commitment. Pak Army remains its base, Islamic fundamentalism its strength, Islamic fanatics and terrorists its tools, madrasas and military firing ranges its training centers, narcotics money and foreign Islamic funding agencies its source of funds proxy war through terrorists and mis-information its main tactics and Afghanistan achievement its encouragement. It has been very active in Afghanistan and India. Recently it has spread its wings in Nepal and Bangladesh as well.

The ISI has been deeply involved in domestic politics and, has kept track of the incumbent regime's opponents. Prior to the imposition of Martial Law in 1958, ISI reported to the Commander-in-Chief of the Army (C-in-C). When martial Law was promulgated in 1958 all the intelligence agencies fell under the direct control of the President and Chief Martial Law Administrator, and the three intelligence agencies began competing to demonstrate their loyalty to Ayub Khan and his government. The ISI and the MI became extremely active during the l964 presidential election keeping politicians, particularly the East Pakistanis, under surveillance.

The ISI became even more deeply involved in domestic politics under General Yahya Khan, notably in East Pakistan, where operations were mounted to ensure that no political party should get an overall majority in the general election. An amount of Rs 29 lac was expended for this purpose, and attempts were made to infiltrate the inner circles of the Awami League. The operation was a complete disaster.

Mr. Bhutto promoted General Zia-Ul-Haq in part because the Director of ISI, General Gulam Jilani Khan, was actively promoting him. General Zia, in return, retained General Jilani as head of ISI after his scheduled retirement. Zulfiqar Ali Bhutto established the Federal Security Force and gave it wide-ranging powers to counter the influence of ISI, but the force was abolished when the military regime of Zia ul-Haq seized power in 1977. When the regime was unpopular with the military and the president (as was Benazir Bhutto's first government), the agency helped topple it by working with opposition political parties.

The ISI became much more effective under the leadership of Hameed Gul. The 1990 elections are widely believed to be rigged. The Islami Jamhoori Ittehad [IJI] party was a conglomerate formed of nine mainly rightist parties by the ISI under Lt General Hameed Gul to ensure the defeat of Bhutto's Pakistan People's Party (PPP) in the polls. Gul denies this, claiming that the ISI's political cell created by Z.A. Bhutto only 'monitored' the elections.

The Soviet invasion of Afghanistan made Pakistan a country of paramount geostrategic importance. In a matter of days, the United States declared Pakistan a "frontline state" against Soviet aggression and offered to reopen aid and military assistance deliveries. For the remainder of Zia's tenure, the United States generally ignored Pakistan's developing nuclear program. Pakistan's top national security agency, the Army's Directorate for Inter-Services Intelligence, monitored the activities of and provided advice and support to the mujahidin, and commandos from the Army's Special Services Group helped guide the operations inside Afghanistan. The ISI trained about 83,000 Afghan Mujahideen between 1983 to 1997 and dispatched them to Afghanistan. Pakistan paid a price for its activities. Afghan and Soviet forces conducted raids against mujahidin bases inside Pakistan, and a campaign of terror bombings and sabotage in Pakistan's cities, guided by Afghan intelligence agents, caused hundreds of casualties. In 1987 some 90 percent of the 777 terrorist incidents recorded worldwide took place in Pakistan.

The ISI continues to actively participate in Afghan Civil War, supporting the Talibaan in their fight against the Rabbani government.

The 1965 war in Kashmir provoked a major crisis in intelligence. When the war started there was a complete collapse of the operations of all the intellience agencies, which had been largely devoted to domestic investigative work such as tapping telephone conversations and chasing political suspects. The ISI after the commencement of the 1965 Indo-Pakistan war was apparently unable to locate an Indian armoured division due to its preoccupation with political affairs. Ayub Khan set up a committee headed by General Yahya Khan to examine the working of the agencies.

Role in Jammu & Kashmir:

In J&K, the ISI provides comprehensive support to five major militant groups. These include Hizbul Mujahideen (approximate strength 1,000 militants), Harkat ul Ansar (350), Lashkar-e-Toiba (300), Al Barq (200) and Al Jehad (150). In all, about 2,500 militants, mostly foreign mercenaries, belonging to these and other smaller militant groups are operating in J&K at present. The ISI spends about Rs. 60 to 80 crores every year for prosecuting Pakistan's proxy war against India in J&K alone, that is Rs. 5 to 6.5 crores per month.22 It is quite obvious that Pakistan's doddering economy can ill afford such expenditure. As the ISI's links with the narcotics trade in Afghanistan and the agency's active participation in the illegal arms trade flourishing in Pakistan's North West Frontier Province are well known, it can only be assumed that funding for its nefarious activities in India is being generated by the ISI itself, with the active connivance of the Pakistan government and the Army.

ISI is currently engaged in covertly supporting the Kashmiri Mujahideen in their fight against the Indian authorities in Kashmir. Reportedly "Operation Tupac" is the designation of the three part action plan for the liberation of Kashmir, initiated by President Zia Ul Haq in 1988 after the failure of "Operation Gibraltar." The designation is derived from Tupac Amru, the 18th century prince who led the war of liberation in Uruguay against the Spanish rule. According to a report compiled by the Joint Intelligence Committee (JIC) of India in 1995, ISI spent about Rs 2.4 crore per month to sponsor its activities in Jammu and Kashmir. Although all groups reportedly receive arms and training from Pakistan, the pro-Pakistani groups are reputed to be favored by the Directorate of Inter-Services Intelligence. As of May 1996, at least six major militant organizations, and several smaller ones, operate in Kashmir. Their forces are variously estimated at between 5,000 and 10,000 armed men. They are roughly divided between those who support independence and those who support accession to Pakistan. The oldest and most widely known militant organization, the Jammu and Kashmir Liberation Front (JKLF), has spearheaded the movement for an independent Kashmir. Its student wing is the Jammu and Kashmir Students Liberation Front (JKSLF). A large number of other militant organizations have emerged since 1989, some of which also support independence, others of which support Kashmir's accession to Pakistan. The most powerful of the pro-Pakistani groups is the Hezb-ul-Mujahedin. The other major groups are Harakat-ul Ansar, a group which reportedly has a large number of non-Kashmiris in it, Al Umar, Al Barq, Muslim Janbaz Force and Lashkar-e Toiba, which is also made up largely of fighters from Afghanistan and Pakistan. According to press reports, several hundred fighters from Afghanistan and other Muslim countries have also joined some of the militant groups or have formed their own. The Harakat ul-Ansar group, a powerful militant organization which first emerged in 1993, is said to be made up largely of non-Kashmiris.

ISI is reported to operate training camps near the border of Bangladesh where members of separatist groups of the northeastern states, known as the "United Liberation Front Of Seven Sisters" [ULFOSS] are trained with military equipment and terrorist activities. These groups include the National Security Council of Nagaland [NSCN], People's Liberation Army [PLA], United Liberation Front of Assam [ULFA], and North East Students Organization [NESO]. ISI is said to have intensified its activities in the southern Indian States of Hyderabad, Bangalore, Cochin, Kojhikode, Bhatkal, and Gulbarga. In Andhra Pradesh the Ittehadul Musalmeen and the Hijbul Mujahideen are claimed to be involved in subversive activities promoted by ISI. And Koyalapattinam, a village in Tamil Nadu, is said to be the common center of operations of ISI and the Liberation Tigers.

The criminal activities of the militants soon alienated the Kashmiris. "Even political leaders aligned with militant groups have acknowledged that the abuses undermined the militants' support in Kashmir."16 At the same time, counter-insurgency operations by the security forces also gained momentum and a large number of militants were killed in action or apprehended. Kashmiri families soon became wary of sending their sons for what they realised was a futile jehad. The result was that, beginning around 1994-95, the ISI's recruitment base in Kashmir Valley gradually dried up, though recruitment by force continued for some more time. The ISI then placed its reliance for further operations in Kashmir predominantly on foreign mercenaries. The ISI's USP (unique selling point) was that Islam was in danger in India, in general, and in Kashmir, in particular. Mercenaries from POK, Pakistan, Afghanistan, several Gulf and West Asian countries including Saudi Arabia and Iraq and many African countries including Egypt, Libya and Algeria, were hired, trained and inducted into the Kashmir Valley. In addition, criminals undergoing long imprisonment sentences in Pakistani jails were also enticed into participating in the so-called jehad. They were told that their sentences would be reprieved if they successfully completed a tenure of ISI ordained duty in J&K. Gradually, the presence of foreign mercenaries among the militants went up from 15 per cent in 1994 to 40 per cent in end-1998.17

The modus operandi was to give the mercenaries some rudimentary military training and knowledge about using explosives, arm them with an AK-47 with four magazines of ammunition and give them a few thousand Rupees in Indian currency. At an opportune moment, they were infiltrated through the porous LoC with the support of the Pakistani Army. The Army provided a safe passage through its own defences, guidance by hired gujjars and bakkarwals (Kashmiri shepherds) and covering fire from small arms, machine guns and even artillery, to draw away the attention of Indian troops on the LoC. The command and control set up was loose and flexible. The mercenaries were usually assigned to operate in specified areas and co-ordinated their operations with each other and the remnants of Kashmiri militants. The mercenaries soon found that the people in Kashmir Valley enjoyed an unfettered right to practice their religion. Namaz was performed by the devout five times a day and the mosques were functioning without any kind of interference. In fact, the mullahs were quite used to and rather fond of spewing venom and inciting the people to rise in revolt. Though the local population tolerated them as 'guest militants' the mercenaries did not get the promised support from the Kashmiri people, contrary to what they had been briefed by their masters in Pakistan. Food and shelter were hard to come by and the constant flight from the security forces was tiresome and most inconvenient. Also, they found that the security forces, particularly the Indian Army, were a tough force to reckon with and discovered that a militant's life span in Kashmir was a maximum of four to six months before he was hounded out and killed or apprehended. In 1998, as many as 320 foreign mercenaries were killed.18

All this disillusioned the mercenaries very quickly. The story of extortion, loot, rape and murder was soon played out aain. Some of them even began to run their own harems. While the people of Kashmir had initially actively participated in a struggle for azadi (independence) and had even encouraged their sons to join the movement, they were not willing to put up with the errant and domineering ways of the foreign mercenaries with whom they did not identify in any manner whatsoever. They soon began to give real-time intelligence— euphemistically called 'actionable' intelligence—about the whereabouts of the mercenaries to the security forces. From then onwards, the days of the foreign mercenary in Kashmir Valley were numbered. The tide finally turned around the summer months of 1996 when the ISI found that it was no longer profitable or even cost effective to persist with the induction of additional mercenaries in the Valley sector. At this stage, the ISI, in conjunction with the Pakistani Army, appears to have decided to shift the focus of its activities to the areas south of the Pir Panjal range. It was also apparently decided at this time to rely more on terror tactics to discredit the Indian administration, incite a communal and sectarian divide among the people and, by simultaneously raising the ante in Siachen glacier and along the LoC, project Kashmir as an international 'flashpoint'.

Role in India

The ISI also enlarged the sphere of its diabolical activities to other areas in India. South India soon became a new front in the covert war against India, as evidenced by the incidents of terrorism in 1997-98. In December 1997, there were three bomb explosions in trains in Tamil Nadu. On February 14, 1998, simultaneous bomb blasts in Coimbatore, at the venue of the Bhartiya Janata Party President's election meeting, the bus stand, the railway station, near a hospital and in a bazaar, mimicked the Mumbai bomb blasts of March 1993. The obvious objectives were India's democratic and secular values, political stability and economic growth. The sea route was followed to smuggle explosives to India's west coast for the serial explosions in Mumbai. A new dimension was added to the ISI's relentless effort to spread terrorism in India when, "On December 17, 1995.... an AN-26 aircraft flew into India from Karachi, refuelled at Varanasi in broad daylight, airdropped about 400 AK-47s and thousands of rounds of ammunition over Purulia in West Bengal, and the flew on to Thailand.... The aircraft was intercepted five days later on December 22, just as it was about to leave Indian airspace near Gujarat."20 Only two months later, an Iranian and a Swiss national drove a truck full of weapons through the Wagah border check post between Lahore and Amritsar to New Delhi and were caught purely fortuitously. On February 11, 1998, a gang of international gun runners was intercepted in the Andaman islands with a consignment of 145 rifles and machine guns and 40,000 rounds of ammunition meant for insurgent groups in the country's north-eastern states. "Thus today we have a situation where land borders, sea coasts and now island territories have become porous and vulnerable to infiltration of weapons and terrorists alike (sic)."21

The Pakistan-sponsored terrorist violence has taken a toll of 9,151 civilians and 5,101security personnel besides inflictingan estimated damage worth Rs 2,000 crore to private property.

According to a detailed presentation made by the Ministry of Home Affairs the role of Pakistani agencies, including Inter Services Intelligence (ISI) and their surrogates at a meeting of chief ministers of seven northern states here, 61,900 weapons were smuggled into India for rise by terrorists.

A total of 4,730 explosions were caused while 2.78 lakh people were rendered homeless. Estimated security related costs including compensation to victims, raising of local counter-terrorist forces has been put at Rs 18,500 crore while expenditure on deployment of army and paramilitary forces on anti-terrorist duties was estimated to be Rs 46,000 crore.

Over 51,810 kgs of high explosives including RDX was sent to India to cause explosions out of which 43,000 kgs was seized. An estimated 7,125 Pakistanis and foreign mercenaries were sent by Pakistan into India for sabotage of whom 1,120 were killed and 140 arrested, while 4115 returned. There were 1,750 foreign mercenaries still active in, India.

About 19,000 Indian nationals were trained in sabotage by ISI in Pakistan, Afghanistan or Pak-occupied Kashmir, the estimates said.

The major incidents involving ISI or other Pakistani agencies this year alone, included foiling of attempts on the life of former Haryana chief minister Bhajan Lal at Karnal (March), arrest of smugglers associated with Pak-based Khalistan Commando Force (KCF) chief Paramjit Singh Panjwar (August) at Ludhiana and the nabbing of a hawala operator and two of his Afghan associates in Delhi (August) who was responsible for transfer of over Rs 1.75 crore to militants.

Security forces also arrested five Lashkar-E-Toiba activities in Delhi in July and thwarted their plans to attack military installations here. A module of Harkat-Ul-Ansar was broken up in Delhi last month with the arrest of three of its activists, while a Hizb ul Mujahedeen leader was caught in July collecting money brought in through hawala channel.[3]

A key Kathmandu-based Babbar Khalsa international militant was caught this February near the Indo-Nepal border while he was escorting a foreign-based militant. Security forces shot six members of ISI-backed Abdul Latif gang in Ahmedabad in March. Just before the Secretary-level talks between India and Pakistan, held at New Delhi in November 1998, Indiaome Minister, Mr. L K Advani called Pakistan a 'terrorist state'. During the talks, the Indian team submitted the following four proposals to the Pakistanis:-23

* Give up state sponsorship of terrorism in India and dismantle the terrorist camps in Pakistan for arming and indoctrinating militants.

* Close down more than 30 training camps functioning in the so-called Azad Kashmir.

* Deny use of Pakistani territory and facilities to fundamentalists and militant organisations to fuel religious violence.

* Hand over to India 32 terrorist and underworld operators of Indian origin currently in Pakistan.

White Paper on ISI Operations24

The ISI wishes to float and sustain an 'overground conglomerate' to project itself as the 'third party' to the dispute representing the 'wishes and aspirations' of the Kashmiri people.

To sustain the Kashmir movement at minimal cost, the ISI plans to cause disaffection and alienation, play the Islam-in-danger card, highlight the non-performance of the elected government and atrocities allegedly committed by the security forces.

Pakistan wants to pursue the 'Qurban Ali Doctrine' or the inevitable balkanisation of India by sending intensively trained and motivated Pakistani agents to carry out acts of sabotage and subversion.

The objectives of Pakistan's covert action plan against India are to:

Sustain the Kashmir movement at minimal cost.

Force a settlement of the Kashmir problem on terms acceptable to Pakistan.

Weaken India's potential strength and national will by hitting at its perceived 'fault lines'.

Prevent India from emerging as a strategically dominant power in the region.

Make Indian borders porous and India's border states vulnerable to exploitation.

Pakistan wishes to embarrass India by internationalising the Kashmir issue, projecting India as a violator of UN resolutions and accusing it of human rights violations.

In pursuance of its objectives, the ISI is engaged in spreading the tentacles of terrorism not only in J&K but also in Punjab, Assam and Nagaland by carrying out subversive propaganda on fundamentalist and communal lines. The ISI has established operational links with drug syndicates and fundamentalist Islamic groups in Pakistan, Afghanistan and India.

In response to demands made by members of the Parliamentary Consultative Committee attached with the Ministry of Home Affairs, the Government of India has proposed to bring out a White Paper on ISI activities in the budget session of Parliament. Details of some of the issues which are likely to be included in the proposed White Paper have appeared in some sections of the Indian press.25

The growing ISI presence along the Indo-Nepal border is another cause for concern. India has taken up the issue of ISI's anti-India activities, which include the infiltration of militants and agents and the smuggling of arms, explosives and narcotics through Nepal into India, with the Nepalese Government at the highest level.26 The increasing influx of Bangladesh nationals in the strategically sensitive Siliguri Corridor in north Bengal has changed the demographic pattern in the area. The population of Muslims has increased from 15 per cent in 1971 to 70 per cent at present. The ISI is using the Siliguri Corridor for smuggling arms and narcotics from Bangladesh into the north-eastern states of India. Along the Rajasthan border also, the ISI is actively involved in setting up madrassas (Islamic schools) inside Indian territory and in smuggling arms, explosives and narcotics.28 These developments are pointers to the larger Pakistani gameplan to further extend the areas in India in which internal security is not fully under the control of the civil government and, consequently, to dissipate efforts to fight the menace of militancy and terrorism

Over a period the ISI has become a state within a state, answerable neither to the leadership of the army, nor to the President or the Prime Minister. The result is there has been no real supervision of the ISI, and corruption, narcotics, and big money have all come into play, further complicating the political scenario. Drug money is used by ISI to finance not only the Afghanistan war, but also the proxy war against India in Punjab and Kashmir.

Even though it is part of the Defence Forces and its operations are directed and controlled by a regular army officer of the rank of Lt. General, the Chiefs of Defence Staff or Chief or Army Staff or civil administration have no direct control over it. It is answerable only to the Prime Minister and the Defence Minister but at times it appeared to be Independent of these masters as well. Its no denying the fact that its operations are a part of the national strategy and any action of ISI in India needs to be dealt with as an operation by one country against the other, yet the Indian Government has failed to project all ISI Operations as Pakistan Government operations. ISI operations in India are the key to Pakistan’s proxy war which have caused immense damage to Indians, their property and morale. India should have declared any operation by ISI as a war crime by Pakistan against India and should have projected and retaliated suitably for every action but the slackness of Indian Government in this regard has cost the Indians and the Indian Forces very dear. Passing blame on ISI and sparing Pakistan’s government of the terrorist actions assisted , guided and directed by ISI is the biggest blunder the Indian Government has done so far. It has also failed to bring pressure of foreign forces and media on Pakistan to control ISI. As a result, ISI is ever expanding its operations and has virtually taken over the role of proxy war against India from Pakistan Government.

Funding System of ISI:

The Inter Services Intelligence (ISI) Directorate of Pakistan has been pumping in crores of rupees to sustain the proxy war unleashed on India is a well-known fact. But how is the huge fund generated? How does it reach the militants fighting the undeclared war in the Kashmir valley? The following report discloses all.

According to information collected from various agencies and individuals, the ISI is working in collaboration with the All-Party Hurriyat Conference and its component Jamaat-e-Islami of Jammu and Kashmir, the United Jehad Council and the Markaz al-Dawah al-Irshad for raising funds to keep up militancy in the valley. Even the money received as "zakat" — a kind of religious tax which Islam enjoins upon a certain category of the believers for the welfare of the needy — is used to fund this nefarious scheme.

If the ISI has its own funds earmarked for the dirty game, the militant outfits operating from both sides of the border have set up their front organisations for collecting money to pay the "mujahideen" engaged in "jehad". The most dependable — from the ISI's point of view — network is being run by the Hurriyat. The Jamaat has set up a memorial trust to attract donations mainly from abroad. The Markaz al-Dawah has its headquarters at Lahore and collects huge sums to fight the so-called "holy war" in Kashmir.

Surprisingly, militants are not the only people to benefit from these funds received mainly as donations. Certain politicians too have had their share. However, donations are not enough to lubricate the proxy war. There are certain other ways also to ensure an uninterrupted supply of money. These include: (1) sale of narcotics on a large scale (the United Nations Drug Control Programme has it that the ISI annually makes around $ 2.5 billion through this source and it must be spending anything between Rs 537.5 crore and Rs 1,075 crore on fuelling militancy every year); (2) printing of fake currency notes by the National Jehad Council at its printing press at Muzaffarabad in occupied Kashmir; (3) collections made in West Asia and European countries for the Jehad Fund; and (4) extortions from traders, contractors and other moneyed people.

Money from foreign sources is received through the hawala route. There is also a system of indirect funding — providing arms, ammunition, food and clothing to militants before pushing them on to this side of the India-Pakistan divide. It is ensured that before entering the valley the militants carry with them large amounts of cash (both Indian and Pakistani currency).

In fact, militancy has become a flourishing business. The recruits get either a fixed salary or work on a contract basis. According to information available, a local militant's monthly salary varies between Rs 2,500 and Rs 5,000 depending on various factors. A foreign mercenary gets between Rs 5,000 and Rs 8,000. The financial support given to the family of a deceased militant ranges from Rs 1500 to Rs 3000 a month. A fresh recruit can secure anything between Rs 5,000 and Rs 20,000 as a one-time payment, depending on his capacity to bargain. A guide gets between Rs 30,000 and Rs 50,000, a porter between Rs 7,500 and Rs 20,000 and a motivator Rs 5,000.

There are other kinds of payments made which show how meticulously the whole operation is carried on. A militant gets Rs 150 for throwing a grenade and Rs 6,000 for winter clothing. For killing an officer of the security forces up to the rank of Major the "reward" is Rs 7,000, for a Lieut-Colonel Rs 50,000 and for a Brigadier and above earns a much bigger amount.

The militants of foreign origin cost the ISI a little more. When they enter into a two-year contract they are paid Rs 2 lakh to move to Kashmir. When they go back home after the contract period they get another Rs 5 lakh as a final payment.

Now the figures about the year-wise expenditure (these do not include all payments made for the execution of the Kashmir plan of the ISI). For carrying out the operation from July to September, 1999, the "Supreme Commander" of the Hizb-ul-Mujahideen received Rs 1,06,50,000. During 1998 the payments made to militants totalled Rs 6,94,31,733, and the payees mainly belonged to the Hizb-ul-Mujahideen and the Lashkar-e-Toiyaba.

In 1997, Rs 70,39,473 was distributed and the money went to certain Shia militant outfits in the valley. In 1996, the total amount received for militant activity was Rs 10,50,738. Of this, Rs 5,00,000 reached the People's Conference and Hurriyat leaders.

In the post-Kargil period militant organisations are getting special treatment to keep their morale high. The ISI funding is now more liberal. According to one source, the monthly aid to the Hizb-ul-Mujahideen is at least Rs 1 crore, to the Harkat-ul-Ansar Rs 40 lakh, to the Al-Barq Rs 12 lakh, to the All-Party Hurriyat Conference Rs 2 crore and other groups (minor ones) about Rs 35,000 each.

There is widespread unemployment and poverty in certain areas of Pakistan, Afghanistan and some Muslim-dominated West Asian countries. This helps in recruiting youngsters for the destructive scheme, specially when the "salary" is so tempting. Religion comes handy in brainwashing the poverty-stricken people to risk their lives for a "cause". This is sheer exploitation of simple souls.

Some details of the ISI's cash transactions: (These do not include the undetected ones, specially hawala deals and donations).
Year Amount paid Major recipients
1996 Rs. 5,00,000 Sent through bank draft for leaders of the People's Conference and APHC.
Rs. 5,50,738 Through a draft drawn on a foreign bank in London.
1997 Rs 70,39,473 Amount sent for Shia military outfits in the valley.
1998 Rs. 3,91,733 Channelling of funds from abroad to militants through a Srinagar-based trust.
Jan Rs. 75,00,000 Paid by the ISI to militant organisations for continuing their operations.
Jan Rs. 20,00,000 Received by unidentified outfits to intensify militant activity.
Feb Rs. 85,00,000 Amt paid by ISI to Cdr of Hizb-ul- Mujahideen for distribution to militants.
March Rs. 25,00,000 Amt paid by Hizb Supreme Cdr in Baramula for militant activity.
May Rs. 60,00,000 Paid by Hizb ChiefSalahuddin, via Delhi-based courier for militant activity.
June Rs. 1,00,00,000 Paid to Hizb functionaries by the ISI for families of killed militants.
June Rs. 50,00,000 Paid to Hizb functionaries by ISI for distribution to families of killed militants.
Aug Rs. 40,00,000 Paid by ISI to the Lashkar-e-Toiyaba to intensify militant activity.
Oct Rs. 1,70,00,000 Paid by ISI to Hizb leaders as arrears and for purchase of winter clothing.
Nov Rs. 15,40,000 Paid by ISI to Div Cdrs of oda, Banihal, Udhampur and Pir Panjal Dec Rs. 50,00,000 Paid by the Hizb Supreme Commander to valley-based militants.
1999 July Rs. 3,50,000 Paid by Hizb supremo to Dy Supreme Cdr as operation money for Aug-Sep.
Sep Rs. 1,03,00,000 -do-​
Payments made to militants and their sympathisers.
Local militant​
Rs. 2500-5000 ($ 58-$ 116) per month​
Foreign militant​
Rs. 5000-8000 ($ 116-$ 186) per month​
Guide​
Rs. 30000-Rs. 50000 ($ 698-$ 1163)​
Motivator​
Rs. 5000 ($ 116) per recruit.​
Recruit​
Rs. 5000 to Rs. 20000 ($ 116 to $ 465) as one-time payment​
Porter​
Rs. 7,500 ($175) for amn box Rs. 20,000 ($ 465) 12-14 kg/trip​
Each deceased militant's family​
Rs. 1,500-3,000 ($ 35-$ 70) per month​
Other payments Rs. 50,000 to Rs. 2,00,000 ($ 1,163 to $ 4,651) to deceased militants' families or militancy-affected families.
Rs. 6,000 ($ 140) for winter clothing.
Rs. 150 ($ 3) for grenade throwing.
Amount payable as a reward for killing Army/security forces' personnel Rs. 7,000 ($ 163) Upto Major rank or equivallent
Rs. 50,000 ($ 1,163) Lieut-Colonel
Larger amount Brigadier and above Foreign militants get Rs. 2,00,000 ($ 4,651) while coming in and another Rs. 5,00,000 ($ 11,628) on going back after a two-year contract.

Fund Allocations:​
Sr
Name of Organisation
Amount Paid
1​
Hizbul Mujzideen​
Rs. 1,00,00,000 ($ 232,558)​
2​
Harkat-ul-Ansar​
Rs. 40,00,000 ($ 93,023)​
3​
Al-Barq​
Rs. 12,00,000 ($ 27,907)​
4​
Hurriyat​
Rs. 20,00,00,000 ($ 4,651,160)​
5​
Minor groups​
Rs. 35,00,000 ($ 81,395)​

Arrest of an ISI gang

There is growing evidence that fundamentalist groups in Pakistan are preparing to set off a new wave of terror across India. The operational strategy seeks to exploit communal fissures: fissures that the Hindu Right has had not a little to do with creating in the first place.

On August 29, the Jammu and Kashmir Police announced the arrest of an 11-member Lashkar-e-Taiba cell, whose operatives were active in Jammu and Kashmir, Andhra Pradesh, Uttar Pradesh, Haryana and Delhi. Its top operative, Amir Khan, Pakistani national, was tasked to recruit Indians whose immediate family members had been killed in communal violence. At the time of his arrest, Khan was engaged in building a cover identity. Having obtained Indian educational documents and a driving licence from India, he planned to marry into a family living in Bhiwandi in Thane district of Maharashtra.

The Lashkar-e-Taiba cell was busted after the Jammu and Kashmir Police and 5 Grenadiers regiment picked up Islam-ud-Din, a resident of Tirwara Ka Nangal village in Gurgoan district of Haryana, on the Samba border in Jammu while waiting for key a Lashkar-e-Taiba operative, Abu Ilyas. Islam-ud-din was not aware that Ilyas had been killed in an encounter while attempting to cross through Samba on July 31. Codenamed Abu Khalid, Islam-ud-Din told his interrogators that the cll had been ordered to carry out a series of explosions ahead of Independence Day.

Amir Khan’s arrest, based on Islam-ud-Din’s interrogation, rapidly led to the arrest of toehr members of the cell the result of a coordinated operation between the State police and the Intelligence Bureau (I.B.). The most important operatives were based in Mumbai and Bhiwandi, placed hit hard by Shiv Sena terror and anti-Muslim pogroms. Bhiwandi residents Usman Khan and Mohammad Ismail had obtained for Amir Khan educational documents and a driving licence and even loaned him an autorickshaw. Abdul Salam, Ismail’s brother, arranged Khan’s wedding through a local moulvi. Another Bhiwandi resident, Mohammad Mobin, was engaged in finding accommodation for Khan, without knowing his real identity. Funds for this cell were routed through Jamal Ahmad, a resident of Mumbai’s Mazagaon areas.

The rest of Khan’s recruits were scattered across the country. Abdul Adil, a resident of Kurnool in Andhra Pradesh, worked for the cell even as he studied at Jamia Milia Islamia in New Delhi. Muzaffarnagar resident Mohammad Mustafa and Baghpat resident Mohammad Mustafa were roped in too. Wali Mohammad Zahid, originally a resident of Islam-ud-Din. Zahid had been instructed to obtain fake travel documents to faciliate movement out of India when instructed to do so by the Lashkar-e-Taiba leadership. One of Zahid’s recruits, Mohammad Sharif, had been arrested three months earlier.

Jammu and Kashmir Police officials say that Islam-ud-Din was trained at the Lashkar-e-Taiba’s Abu Bashir camp in Bhawalpur, Pakistan. The Abu Bashir camp, one of five major Lashkar training centres, specialises in bomb-making. The Umar Kuka camp puts volunteers through a basic, three-month insurgency course, while the Abdullah bin Masood camp nearby offers more specialised training. The Taiba camp at Muridke engages in basic ideological indoctrination, after which recruits are sent for a rigorous six-month course, the Daura Khasta, in the mountains.

Another Muridke camp, Aksa, focusses on training volunteers from several countries, including Afghanistan, Sudan, Nigeria and Pakistan, for the wr in Jammu and Kashmir.

Islam-ud-Din left Pakistan in early 1999, with cash to help set up the cell. More money came from Ilyas. Both visited several cities to gather recruits, using the infrastructure of the revandhist religious organisation, the Tabligh-I-Jamaat. Islam-ud-Din also arranged for Khan to work at the clinic of a doctor in Punhana, Faqir-e-Alam, by introducing the Lashkar operative as his relative. Faqir-e-Alam, a recent migrant to Haryana from Bihar, did not know Khan’s real identity.
The latest arrests affirm that the Lashkar-e-Taiba’s pan-Indian network is exploiting Muslim insecurities fuelled by the rise of a regime with no commitment to secularism. In the March 26 issue, Frontline had reported on the arrests of several important members of the Lashkar’s Abdul Karim ‘Tunda’ cell, including Pakistani nationals Mohammad Salim Junaid from Hyderabad and Abdul Sattar from Delhi along with Indian nationals Shoaib alam, Mohammad Faisal Hussain and Aamer Hashim Kamran. Saifullah Chitrali, a top operative of the Harkat-ul-Mujahideen, and the Hizbul Mujahideen’s Ali Mohammad Dar had also set networks outside Jammu and Kashmir. Organisations such as the Jammu and Kashmir Islamic Front had even liised with Abdul Razzak Memon, a key accused in the Mumbai serial bomb blasts.​

The BJP’s pro-active policy, an ill-conceived militarist response to growing violence in Jammu and Kashmir, fails to address the changing character of terrorism and the forces that drive it. As long as Hindu revanchism continues to fuel tensions in India, any number of soldiers will not be enough to engage with the Islamic Right[4].


[1] http://www.fas.org/irp/world/pakistan/isi/ created by John Pike, maintained by Webmaster , Updated Thursday, April 20, 2000 12:22:21 PM
[2] Gurmeet Singh Kanwal, Senior Fellow, IDSA Proxy War in Kashmir: Jehad or State-Sponsored Terrorism?
[3] Indian Express October 15,1988
[4] Frontline, Sept.10,1999, p.39.
 
📌 For all latest updates, follow the Official Sikh Philosophy Network Whatsapp Channel:
Top